Professional Documents
Culture Documents
WX240
HYDRAULIC EXCAVATOR
Service manual
Print No. 9-91270 English
Read and heed carefully the safety instructions listed and follow the precautions recommended to avoid
potential risks and to safeguard your health and your safety.
You will find this symbol in the text of this Manual referred to the following key words:
WARNING - Cautions directed to avoid improper repair interventions involving potential consequences
for the safety of the personnel performing the repairs.
DANGER - These warnings qualify specifically potential dangers for the safety of the operator or other
persons directly or indirectly involved.
IMPORTANT NOTICE
All maintenance and repair interventions explained in this Manual must be performed exclusively by the Ser-
vice Organisation of the Manufacturer, observing strictly the instructions explained using, whenever necessary,
the recommended specific tools.
Whoever performs the operations reported without following exactly the precautions is responsible on his own, for
the damages that may result.
Neither the Factory nor any Organisations in its Distribution Network, including but not limited to national, re-
gional or local distributors, are responsible for any liability arising from any damage resulting from defects caused
by parts and/or components not approved by the Factory for use in maintaining and/or repairing products manu-
factured or merchandised by the Factory.
In any case, no warranty of any kind is made or shall be imposed with respect to products manufactured or mer-
chandised by the Factory, when failures are caused by the use of parts and/or components not approved by the
Factory.
AVOID ACCIDENTS
WARNING
Prior to engaging in any maintenance, adjustment
or repair operation on machines having hydrauli-
cally, mechanically, and/or cable controlled
equipment (such as shovels, loaders, dozers, ex-
cavators etc.) be certain the equipment is lowered
to the ground.
If it is necessary to have the equipment partially
or fully raised to gain access to certain items, be
sure the equipment is suitably supported by me-
ans other than the devices used for controlling
the equipment.
SUMMARY
SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS SECT. 0
ELECTRONICS SECT. 4
HYDRAULICS SECT. 5
WX210 - WX240
9-91270
0-2 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
The data contained in this handbook were valid at the time of publication. As we constantly
endeavour to improve our products and to provide additional options, modifications or
changes made in this context may have an impact on the procedures described in this
handbook. Please contact your local dealer if you find any discrepancies.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS 0-3
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
0-4 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Table of contents
PREFACE ....................................................................................................... 6
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS 0-5
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
0-6 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
PREFACE 40000000-en
- Repair Instructions Î
- Annex
The Safety Instructions section describes the
recommended procedures to be observed in order
to prevent any risk of accidents to the operator
and to the personnel responsible for the works
and for machine servicing measures.
The Description of Functioning section provides
technical information on operating the main de-
vices and systems.
The Technical Data and Special Tools section
lists service data, conversion tables and special
tools and servicing materials required.
The Performance Testing section gives the in-
formation required for carrying out performance
testing.
The Troubleshooting section contains informa-
tion on detecting faults in the machine.
The Repair Instructions section gives the techni-
cal information needed to carry out servicing and
repair work on the machine, describes the equip-
ment needed for servicing works, and provides
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS 0-7
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
0-8 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS 0-9
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
0 - 10 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Before starting up the machine each Clean the working area before
day or before each shift, give the starting work.
outside of the machine a careful
- Remove any objects that might
visual inspection to prevent damage
endanger the mechanics or per-
and injury.
sons in the working area.
- Check the machine for superficial
- Keep your cab clean and cleared;
damage.
loose items may disturb the ma-
- Check before starting work that all chine operation.
covers and caps are closed and
locked.
Fig. 1 Fig. 2
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS 0 - 11
Falls are one of the main causes of A seat that is poorly adjusted with
injury. respect to the operator or the work-
ing conditions may result in prema-
- Always face the machine when
ture operator fatigue and thus in
entering or leaving it, and use
faulty operation.
only the aids provided, e.g. steps
and handrails. - The seat must be adjusted with
any change of machine operator.
- Never use operating elements as
grab handles. - The operator must be able to de-
press the pedals completely and
- Never jump down from the ma-
move the control levers effort-
chine.
lessly with his back resting
- Never climb up onto or down from against the backrest.
a moving machine.
If that is not possible, move the
- Watch for slippery platforms, seat forward or back and check the
steps and handles when leaving setting again.
the machine.
Consult the relevant section in the
Owner’s Manual.
Fig. 3 Fig. 4
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
0 - 12 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Applying the safety belt Working from the operator’s seat only
Fig. 5 Fig. 6
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS 0 - 13
Remove any soil, mud, snow, ice, If the front equipment or another
grease and oil from your working part of the machine collides with a
footwear before operating the ma- higher obstacle, e.g. a bridge, both
chine. You might otherwise slip the machine and the other object
from steps and pedals and thus are damaged, and persons may be
initiate inadvertent movements. injured.
Adjust the driver’s seat and the mir- Take care to prevent the boom or
ror before setting off. stick from colliding with higher
Close the front window and the cab obstacles.
door.
If the machine is equipped with a
restraining belt for the operator,
fasten the belt.
Before setting off, sound the horn to
warn any persons in the immediate
vicinity.
Never allow other persons to travel
with you on the machine.
Fig. 7
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
0 - 14 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 8 Fig. 9
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS 0 - 15
Any person in the immediate vicinity - Keep windows, mirrors and head-
of the machine may be hit or run lamps clean and in good order.
over when the machine is being
- Dust, heavy rain, fog, etc. may
reversed or the superstructure is
reduce visibility. If this is the case,
being slewed. This may result in
reduce your speed and switch on
severe, potentially fatal injury.
appropriate lighting.
To prevent accidents during revers-
Read the Owner’s Manual carefully.
ing and slewing:
- Enlist the assistance of a mar-
shaller if your view is restricted.
- Always look in all directions before
reversing or slewing. Make sure
there is no one in the immediate
vicinity.
- Keep the acoustic reversing alarm
(if present) in a good operating
state.
- Always be prepared for the possi-
bility of persons entering the haz-
ard zone. Use the horn or another
signal to warn any persons in the
immediate vicinity.
- Enlist a marshaller for reversing if Fig. 10
your view is restricted. Always en-
sure that the marshaller is within
sight.
- The machine must not be moved
until agreement has been reached
with the marshaller on correct in-
terpretation of the signals.
- Familiarize yourself with the mean-
ing of all markings, signs and des-
ignations used in the operation
and come to an agreement on them
with the marshaller.
Fig. 11
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
0 - 16 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Rules for driving on the road Recovering and towing the machine
The machine must not be driven on Tow the machine with a tow-rod or
the public highway unless the con- towing rope only.
ditions of the “General Operating
The tow-rod or rope must be free
Permit” are observed or, in the
from damage. They must be dimen-
event of deviations from the “Gen-
sioned in such a way that the calcu-
eral Operating Permit”, a vehicle-
lated breaking load is equal to three
specific operating permit has times the tractive power of the tow-
been granted. These permits must ing machine.
be present in the cab during such
travel. The towing vehicle must have ade-
quate tractive power.
- Always have a warning triangle,
warning lamp and first-aid kit on Drive slowly, carefully and
board. smoothly.
- Bring the working equipment into a All persons must keep clear of the
position in which the maximum tow-rod or rope.
machine dimensions are not ex-
ceeded.
- Tow only if the brakes and the
- Switch the bucket/grab switchover
steering of the machine are func-
valve to "Grab" position. The
tioning properly and if the machine
bucket cylinder is then hydrauli-
cannot be otherwise transported.
cally blocked.
- Tow defective machines only as far
- Mount clearance lamp on stick and
as necessary to recover the ma-
connect to a socket.
chine from hazardous areas.
- Raise levelling blade completely
- After the recovery, the machine
and attach a reflector.
must be secured against inadver-
- Raise claws (option) completely tent movements and unauthorized
and block mechanically. starting.
- Switch off floodlamps. - Have the machine repaired before
transporting it over greater dis-
- Lock superstructure.. tances, or load it onto a transport
vehicle.
- The machine is not suitable for
towing trailers or other vehicles
over longer distances; this would
result in damage to axles and
gearboxes. The tow coupling is
designed solely for towing or re-
covering vehicles from hazardous
areas or for lashing purposes on
transport vehicles.
Î
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS 0 - 17
Fig. 14
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
0 - 18 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 15 Fig. 16
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS 0 - 19
To prevent accidents:
- Park on a flat, horizontal surface. Severe or fatal accidents may result
from an attempt to enter or leave a
- Turn the brake switch to braking moving machine.
position.
- Before leaving the operator’s seat,
- Set the working equipment down select a flat, horizontal area for
on the ground. parking if possible.
- Lower the levelling blade and/or - Park the machine safely.
the outrigger claws onto the
ground. - Block both wheels and set the
working equipment down on the
- Engage the superstructure lock. ground.
- Run the engine unloaded at mini- - Park at a reasonable distance
mum speed for ca. 5 minutes. from other vehicles.
- Turn the ignition key to OFF posi-
tion to switch off the engine. Then
withdraw the key.
- Move the steering safety lever to
block the machine.
- Lock the windows, the sliding roof
and the cab door.
- Lock all covers and flaps.
Fig. 18
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
0 - 20 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Avoid caving out high banks Protection from rockfall and landslides
Fig. 19 Fig. 20
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS 0 - 21
To reverse away from the edge of The bucket must never be lifted,
an excavation in the event of the moved or slewed above persons or
ground giving way, the tracks must a truck cab.
always be positioned with the rear
Material falling from the bucket or a
travel motors at right angles to the
collision with the bucket may result
edge of the excavation.
in injury and in damage to the ma-
Do not panic if the ground starts to chine.
give way and adequate withdrawal
is impossible. In such cases the
machine can often be secured by
lowering the front equipment.
Fig. 21 Fig. 22
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
0 - 22 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
There is a risk of the machine over- - At the top end of the ramp, which
turning when it is being loaded onto adjoins the loading area, there is a
a truck or trailer and when it is be- joint. Drive over it with care.
ing unloaded. - When slewing the superstructure,
- Ensure that local regulations are avoid fast movements as they
observed when the machine is be- might cause the machine to over-
ing transported on the public turn, resulting in potential injury.
highway. - Keep the stick retracted and turn
- An appropriate truck or trailer must the superstructure slowly to en-
be provided for the transport of the sure maximum stability.
machine. - Secure the machine frame with
When loading/unloading the ma- chains or cables.
chine, the following precautions Details are given in the appropriate
must be taken: sections of the Owner’s Manual.
- Find firm, horizontal ground.
- Always use a loading platform or
drive-on ramp.
- A marshaller must be enlisted to
help with loading/unloading the
machine.
- When loading or unloading the
machine, the automatic speed re-
set must always be switched off to
prevent an unexpected increase in
speed due to inadvertent activation
of an operating lever.
Always set the transmission stage
switch to "slow".
Fig. 23
In the "fast" transmission stage, the
travelling speed may be automati- Î
cally increased.
- Avoid steering movements when
driving up or down the ramp, as
that is extremely dangerous. If
steering is absolutely essential,
first drive back onto the ground or
the loading area, correct the driv-
ing direction, and set off again.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS 0 - 23
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
0 - 24 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 26 Fig. 27
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS 0 - 25
Always wear a safety harness when Catching in moving parts may result
working at greater heights. in severe injury.
Wear an approved safety harness; it To prevent accidents, care must be
must be equipped with stabilizers taken to ensure that hands, feet,
and safety cables. clothing, jewellery and hair cannot
get caught in moving parts when
work is being done close to them.
Fig. 28 Fig. 29
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
0 - 26 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS 0 - 27
Never dismantle while the machine To prevent corrosion, coat all bright
is still at operating temperature. metal machine components with a
grease film.
Oils, greases, brake fluid or coolant
may have a high temperature and On completing the work, reassem-
thus result in burning or scalding. ble all protective devices, covers,
and sound- and vibration-insulation
Wait for the machine to cool down.
material.
Depressurize pipelines and hoses,
Never start up the driving motor
cylinders, radiator, hydraulic tank,
while work is being done on the ma-
compressed air reservoir and other
chine.
systems or units before starting
work. Check the repaired components and
all machine functions with a trial run.
Replace defective components in
good time to prevent greater dam- Never release the machine for re-
age. commissioning until it is fully func-
tioning.
Clean the defective component
carefully before dismantling it.
Mark dismantled components in the Correct waste disposal
correct sequence to facilitate instal-
lation.
When dismantling the component, Incorrectly discarded waste is an
close exposed hose and pipe con- environmental hazard. Hazardous
nections, open boreholes and hous- substances used in excavators in-
ings with care to prevent dirt from clude lubricants, fuels, coolants,
penetrating. brake fluids, filters and batteries.
- Use sealed containers to discard
fluids. Never use containers de-
signed for food or drinks.
- Never discard waste onto the
ground, into drains or into water.
Ask your local authorities, collec-
tion points or dealer about the cor-
rect procedure for recycling or dis-
carding waste.
Î
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
0 - 28 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Welding operations
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS 0 - 29
Battery gas may explode, causing The sulphuric acid contained in the
damage and injury. battery is toxic. It is so strong that it
may burn the skin, burn holes in
If the engine is to be started up with
clothing and, if splashed into the
starter batteries, ensure that all pro-
eyes, lead to blinding. Therefore:
cedures described in the Owner’s
Manual are observed. - Top up the batteries on well venti-
lated premises only.
- The operator must be seated on
the driver’s seat to keep the ma- - Wear goggles and rubber gloves.
chine under control when the en-
- Take care not to inhale the electro-
gine starts up. Two persons are
lyte vapours while topping up the
needed to start up the engine with
batteries.
starter batteries.
- Make sure no electrolyte is spilt or
- Never use batteries that have been
runs over.
stored for long periods at low tem-
peratures. - Use appropriate starting aids in an
emergency.
- Mistakes in implementing the pro-
cedure specified for starting up the If splashed with acid:
engine with starter batteries may
result in a battery explosion or un- - Rinse the skin with plenty of water.
expected machine movements. - Neutralize the acid by spreading
sodium bicarbonate or fuller’s
Battery gases may explode.
earth over it.
- Keep sparks, lit matches or open
flames away from the upper side of - Rinse out the eyes for 10-15 min-
utes with water.
batteries.
- The battery charge must never be - Seek medical advice immediately.
controlled by applying a metal ob- If acid has been swallowed:
ject to both pole terminals. Use a
voltmeter or an acidity meter. - Drink large quantities of water or
milk, milk of magnesia, raw beaten
- A frozen battery must not be egg or vegetable oil.
charged; it may explode. Heat the
battery up to 16 °C. - Seek medical advice immediately.
Fig. 30
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
0 - 30 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 32
Fig. 31
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS 0 - 31
Fire prevention
- Leakages of fuel, hydraulic oil and - Spilt fuel or lubricant, waste, lubri-
lubricants may cause fires. cating grease, dirt, coal dust de-
posits and other flammable sub-
- Check whether clips are missing or stances may cause fires.
loose, hoses are kinked, lines or
hoses rub against one another, the - To prevent fires, the machine must
oil cooler is damaged or oil cooler be checked and cleaned once a
flange screws are loose, allowing day. Any spillages or deposits of
oil to escape. flammable substances must be
cleared away immediately.
- Missing, loose or damaged clips,
lines, hoses, oil coolers or oil Checking the ignition key function:
cooler flange screws must be re- - If the engine is not shut off when
placed, tightened or repaired. fire breaks out, the fire will spread,
- High-pressure lines must not be impeding fire-fighting operations.
bent or hammered. - Before starting daily machine op-
- Never install bent or damaged erations, the ignition key must be
lines, tubes or hoses. checked for correct functioning.
- Check before each shift or after ca. The absence of heat shields or any
ten operating hours whether termi- damage to them may result in fire
nal caps are missing or damaged. breaking out.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
0 - 32 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
If a fire breaks out, evacuate the Prevent the risk of suffocation. En-
machine as follows: gine exhaust gases may cause
nausea or even death.
- If there is sufficient time, shut off
the engine by turning the ignition - If you have to work in a building,
key to OFF position. make sure there is adequate venti-
lation.
- If there is sufficient time, use the
fire extinguisher. Use an exhaust pipe extension to
remove the exhaust gases, or open
- Leave the machine.
doors and windows to let in suffi-
cient fresh air.
4100033
Fig. 33 Fig. 34
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS 0 - 33
Fig. 36
Fig. 37
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
0 - 34 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Preventing heat build-up close to pressure Preventing heat build-up in lines carrying
systems combustible fluids
Fig. 38
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS 0 - 35
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
0 - 36 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
The tyres are inflated under pres- Use only tools suited to the respec-
sure Bursting tyres and breaking- tive work.
away rim parts may cause serious
Inappropriate tools, components
damage or fatal accidents.
and procedures may result in haz-
- Tyres must be changed by experts ardous situations.
only.
Use tools whose length is suitable
- Always ensure that the tyre pres- for the tightening or loosening of
sure is correct. Insufficient tyre safety elements to prevent injuries
pressure means greater wear on resulting from failure to control a
the tyres and poor machine stabil- wrench.
ity.
Never use tools complying with US
- Excessively high tyre pressure standards or British standards for
means poor handling properties on metric connection elements.
terrain and a risk of bursting tyres.
Use original spares only (see spare-
- Prior to inflating tyres, check rims parts catalogue).
and rim components for damage,
penetrating foreign bodies and a
firm fit.
- Never inflate tyres above the rec-
ommended pressure.
- Leave tyres to cool down before
working on them.
- Use only compressed ambient air
to inflate tyres. Never use combus-
tible gases: risk of explosion.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS 0 - 37
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
0 - 38 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 1 Î
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS 0 - 39
Observe the warning and 9. Risk of injury from electric current. Keep the
instruction signs attached to the following distances from live wires:
machine.
up to 1000 V (1 kV) = 1 meter,
Keep the signs clean and legible.
from 1 kV to 110 kV = 3 meters,
Replace the signs immediately if
from 110 kV to 220 kV = 4 meters,
they are no longer legible.
from 220 kV to 380 kV = 5 meters,
New warning and instruction
signs can be obtained from our unknown voltage = 5 meters.
spare-parts service. The part no.
10. The steering works only when the engine
for ordering is set out in the
is running.
spare-parts list of your machine.
11. Check the oil level in the engine before putting
the machine into operation.
Legend
12. This signs shows all control levers and pedals
and the movements of the working equipment
1. Risk of injury from moving parts of the work- and the travelling gear initiated with these
ing equipment. Move the working equipment elements. Observe also the information set
only after all persons have left the hazard out in the Operator's Manual.
zone.
13. Risk of injury from hot or rotating parts in the
2. This sign indicates that the working equipment engine compartment. Open the hood of the
reaches far out over the machine and that engine compartment only after the engine is
it can be moved without moving the machine. stationary.
3. Risk of injury from falling loads or moving 14. Emergency operation for slewing drive and
parts of the working equipment. Do not stand parking brake. For detailed information refer
under suspended loads or under the work- to the Operator's Manual.
ing equipment.
15. Risk of injury from falling loads or moving
4. The CE mark indicates that this machine has parts of the working equipment. Do not stand
been built in compliance with the European di- under suspended loads or under the working
rectives concerning the safety of machines. equipment.
LWA indicates the level of noise emissions in 16. Type rating plate of the machine.
dBA (acc. to standard 2000/14/EC).
Î
5. Lifting gear can be attached here when parts
of the machine are to be removed.
6. This sign specifies the prescribed air
pressure.
7. This signs states the admissible maximum
speed for travelling on public roads.
8. Do not put the machine into operation unless
you have read and understood the Operator's
Manual.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
0 - 40 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 2 Î
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS 0 - 41
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
0 - 42 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
The Owner’s Manual must always be at hand at Observe all safety instructions and warnings at-
the deployment site of the machine, e.g. in the tached to the machine.
container provided.
See to it that safety instructions and warnings at-
In addition to the Owner’s Manual, observe and tached to the machine are always complete and
instruct the user in all other generally applicable perfectly legible.
statutory and other mandatory regulations relevant
In the event of safety-relevant modifications or
to accident prevention and environmental protec-
changes in the behaviour of the machine during
tion.
operation, stop the machine immediately and re-
These compulsory regulations may also deal, for port the malfunction to the competent author-
example, with the handling of hazardous sub- ity/person.
stances, the issuing/wearing of personal protective
Never make any modifications, additions or con-
equipment, or traffic regulations.
versions which might affect safety without the sup-
The Owner’s Manual must be supplemented by plier's approval. This also applies to the installation
instructions covering the duties involved in super- and adjustment of safety devices and valves as
vising and notifying special organizational features, well as to welding work on load-bearing elements.
such as job organization, working sequences or
Spare parts must comply with the technical re-
deployed personnel.
quirements specified by the manufacturer. Spare
The personnel assigned to work on the machine parts from original equipment manufacturers can
must have read the operating instructions and in be relied upon to do so.
particular the Safety Instructions section before
Replace hydraulic hoses within stipulated and ap-
starting work. Reading the instructions after work
propriate intervals, even if no safety-relevant de-
has begun is too late. This applies especially to
fects have been detected.
persons working only occasionally on the machine,
e.g. during setting-up or servicing. Adhere to prescribed intervals or those specified in
the Owner’s Manual for routine checks and inspec-
Check at least occasionally whether the work is
tions.
being carried out in compliance with the Owner’s
Manual and with attention being paid to risks and For the execution of maintenance work, tools and
safety factors. workshop equipment equal to the task on hand are
absolutely indispensable.
Long hair must be tied back or otherwise secured,
garments must be close-fitting, and no jewellery The personnel must be familiar with the location
including rings may be worn. Injury may result from and operation of fire extinguishers.
such items being caught up in the machinery or
catching on moving parts. Observe all fire-warning and fire-fighting proce-
dures.
Use personal protective equipment wherever re-
Î
quired by the circumstances or by law
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS 0 - 43
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
0 - 44 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Persons accompanying the driver must be seated Special work in conjunction with utilization
on the passenger seats provided for this purpose. of the machine - maintenance and repairs
When driving through underpasses or tunnels, over during operation - disposal of parts and
bridges or under overhead lines, always make sure consumables
that there is sufficient clearance.
Always keep at a distance from the edges of build- Observe the adjusting, maintenance and inspec-
ing pits and slopes. tion activities and intervals set out in the Owner’s
Avoid any operation that might be a risk to ma- Manual, including information on the replacement
chine stability. of parts and equipment. These activities may be
executed by skilled personnel only.
Never travel across slopes; always keep the work-
ing equipment and the load close to the ground, Brief operating personnel before beginning special
especially when travelling downhill. operations and maintenance work, and appoint a
person to supervise the activities.
On sloping terrain always adapt your travelling
speed to the prevailing ground conditions. Never In any work concerning the operation, conversion
change to a lower gear on a slope but always be- or adjustment of the machine and its safety-
fore reaching it. oriented devices or any work related to mainte-
nance, inspection and repair, always observe the
Before leaving the driver's seat always secure the start-up and shut-down procedures set out in the
machine against inadvertent movement and unau- Owner’s Manual and the information on mainte-
thorized use. Shut off the engine. nance work.
Ensure that the maintenance area is adequately
secured.
If the machine is completely shut down for mainte-
nance and repair work, it must be secured against
inadvertent starting by:
- removing the ignition key and
- attaching a warning sign.
Carry out maintenance and repair work only if the
machine is positioned on stable and level ground
and has been secured against inadvertent move-
ment and buckling.
To avoid the risk of accidents, individual parts and
large assemblies being moved for replacement
purposes should be carefully attached to lifting
tackle and secured. Use only suitable and techni-
cally perfect lifting gear and suspension systems
with adequate lifting capacity. Never work or stand
under suspended loads.
The fastening of loads and the instructing of crane
operators should be entrusted to experienced per-
sons only. The marshaller giving the instructions
must be within sight or sound of the operator.
For carrying out overhead assembly work always
use specially designed or otherwise safety-
oriented ladders and working platforms. Never use
machine parts as a climbing aid.
Î
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS 0 - 45
Wear a safety harness when carrying out mainte- Warning of special dangers
nance work at greater heights.
Electric energy
Keep all handles, steps, handrails, platforms, land-
Use only original fuses with the specified current
ings and ladders free from dirt, snow and ice.
rating. Switch off the machine immediately if trou-
Clean the machine, especially connections and ble occurs in the electrical system.
threaded unions, of any traces of oil, fuel or pre-
When working with the machine, maintain a safe
servatives before carrying out maintenance/ repair
distance from overhead electric lines. If work is to
work. Never use aggressive detergents. Use lint-
be carried out close to overhead lines, the working
free cleaning rags.
equipment must be kept well away from them.
Before cleaning the machine with water, steam jet Caution: life-threatening danger! Check out the
(high-pressure cleaning) or detergents, cover or prescribed safety distances.
tape up all openings which have to be protected
If your machine comes into contact with a live wire
against water, steam or detergent penetration for
safety and functional reasons. Special care must - Do not leave the machine.
be taken with electric motors and switchgear cabi-
- Drive the machine out of the hazard zone and
nets.
warn others against approaching and touching
Ensure during cleaning of the machine that the the machine.
temperature sensors of the fire-warning and fire-
- Have the live wire de-energized.
fighting systems do not come into contact with hot
cleaning agents as this might activate the extin- - Do not leave the machine until the damaged line
guishing system. has been de-energized with certainty.
After cleaning, remove all covers and tapes applied The electrical equipment of machines is to be in-
for that purpose. spected and checked at regular intervals. Defects
such as loose connections or scorched cables
After cleaning, examine all fuel, lubricant, and hy-
must be rectified immediately.
draulic fluid lines for leaks, loose connections,
chafe marks and damage. Any defects found must Gas, dust, steam and smoke
be rectified without delay.
Operate internal combustion engines and fuel-
Always tighten any screwed connections that have operated heating systems only on adequately ven-
been loosened during maintenance and repair tilated premises. Before starting the machine on
work. enclosed premises, make sure that there is suffi-
Any safety devices removed for set-up, mainte- cient ventilation.
nance or repair purposes must be refitted and Observe the regulations in force at the respective
checked immediately upon completion of the main- site.
tenance and repair work..
Carry out welding, flame-cutting and grinding work
Ensure that all consumables and replaced parts on the machine only if this has been expressly
are disposed of safely and with minimum environ- authorized, as there may be a risk of explosion and
mental impact. fire.
Before carrying out welding, flame-cutting and
grinding operations, clean the machine and its
surroundings of dust and other inflammable sub-
stances and make sure that the premises are ade-
quately ventilated (risk of explosion).
Î
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
0 - 46 SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Hydraulic and pneumatic equipment Oil, grease and other chemical substances
Check all lines, hoses and screwed connections When handling oil, grease and other chemical
regularly for leaks and obvious damage. Repair substances, observe the product-related safety
damage immediately. Splashed oil may cause regulations.
injury and fire.
Be careful when handling hot consumables (risk of
Depressurize all system sections and pressure burning or scalding).
pipes (hydraulic system, compressed-air system)
to be removed in accordance with the specific in-
structions for the unit concerned before carrying Transporting and towing; recommissioning
out any repair work.
The machine must be towed, loaded and trans-
Hydraulic and compressed-air lines must be laid ported only in accordance with the Owner’s Man-
and fitted properly. Ensure that no connections are ual.
interchanged. The fittings, lengths and quality of
the hoses must comply with the technical require- For towing the machine observe the prescribed
ments. transport position, admissible speed and route.
Use only appropriate means of transport and lifting
gear of adequate capacity.
Noise
The recommissioning procedure must be strictly in
During operation, all sound baffles of the machine accordance with the Owner’s Manual.
must be closed.
Always wear the prescribed ear protectors.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
Service manual
Section 1 Technical Data and
Special Tools
WX210 - WX240
9-91270
1-2 TECHNICAL DATA AND SPECIAL TOOLS WX210 - WX240
The data contained in this handbook were valid at the time of publication. As we constantly
endeavour to improve our products and to provide additional options, modifications or
changes made in this context may have an impact on the procedures described in this
handbook. Please contact your local dealer if you find any discrepancies.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 TECHNICAL DATA AND SPECIAL TOOLS 1-3
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
1-4 TECHNICAL DATA AND SPECIAL TOOLS WX210 - WX240
Table of contents
Foreword.......................................................................................................................................... 7
Calculation Examples................................................................................................................... 36
Angles of Slope ............................................................................................................................................ 36
Travel Speed................................................................................................................................................ 36
Hydraulic outputs (pumps/motors) ............................................................................................................... 37
Stroking times of cylinders ........................................................................................................................... 37
Speeds of hydraulic motors ......................................................................................................................... 37
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 TECHNICAL DATA AND SPECIAL TOOLS 1-5
Spacers .......................................................................................................................................... 44
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
1-6 TECHNICAL DATA AND SPECIAL TOOLS WX210 - WX240
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 TECHNICAL DATA AND SPECIAL TOOLS 1-7
Foreword
The Part Numbers given in the sec-
Anyone involved with commission-
tions are not to be used when order-
ing, operating, inspecting and ser-
ing spare parts. They are only in-
vicing for this construction machine
tended to identify the component
must read through and acquaint
being referred to.
himself with the
When ordering spare parts, use only
"OPERATING MANUAL"
the Part Numbers given in the spare
and especially the Section parts lists.
"FUNDAMENTAL SAFETY IN-
STRUCTIONS"
before starting work.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
1-8 TECHNICAL DATA AND SPECIAL TOOLS WX210 - WX240
Prospectuses in Annex
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 TECHNICAL DATA AND SPECIAL TOOLS 1-9
Fig. 1
Stick cylinder 7210 4546 135 95 1975±1.8 1400±1.8 3375±3.6 80 116 −00.5 80 116 − 00.5
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
1 - 10 TECHNICAL DATA AND SPECIAL TOOLS WX210 - WX240
Bucket-induced protrusion
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 TECHNICAL DATA AND SPECIAL TOOLS 1 - 11
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
1 - 12 TECHNICAL DATA AND SPECIAL TOOLS WX210 - WX240
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 TECHNICAL DATA AND SPECIAL TOOLS 1 - 13
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
1 - 14 TECHNICAL DATA AND SPECIAL TOOLS WX210 - WX240
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 TECHNICAL DATA AND SPECIAL TOOLS 1 - 15
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
1 - 16 TECHNICAL DATA AND SPECIAL TOOLS WX210 - WX240
ft in
+0 +1 +2 +3 +4 +5 +6 +7 +8 +9 +10 +11
m m m m m m m m m m m m
0 0.0254 0.0508 0.0762 0.1016 0.1270 0.1524 0.1778 0.2032 0.2286 0.2540 0.2794
1 0.3048 0.3302 0.3556 0.3810 0.4064 0.4318 0.4572 0.4826 0.5080 0.5334 0.5588 0.5842
2 0.6096 0.6350 0.6604 0.6858 0.7112 0.7366 0.7620 0.7874 0.8128 0.8382 0.8636 0.8890
3 0.9144 0.9398 0.9652 0.9906 1.0160 1.0414 1.0668 1.0922 1.1176 1.1430 1.1684 1.1938
4 1.2192 1.2446 1.2700 1.2954 1.3208 1.3462 1.3716 1.3970 1.4224 1.4478 1.4732 1.4986
5 1.5240 1.5494 1.5748 1.6002 1.6256 1.6510 1.6764 1.7018 1.7272 1.7526 1.7780 1.8034
6 1.8288 1.8542 1.8796 1.9050 1.9304 1.9558 1.9812 2.0066 2.0320 2.0574 2.0828 2.1082
7 2.1336 2.1590 2.1844 2.2098 2.2352 2.2606 2.2860 2.3114 2.3368 2.3622 2.3876 2.4130
8 2.4384 2.4638 2.4892 2.5146 2.5400 2.5654 2.5908 2.6162 2.6416 2.6670 2.6924 2.7178
9 2.7432 2.7686 2.7940 2.8194 2.8448 2.8702 2.8956 2.9210 2.9464 2.9718 2.9972 3.0226
10 3.0480 3.0734 3.0988 3.1242 3.1496 3.1750 3.2004 3.2258 3.2512 3.2766 3.3020 3.3274
11 3.3528 3.3782 3.4036 3.4290 3.4544 3.4798 3.5052 3.5306 3.5560 3.5814 3.6068 3.6322
12 3.6576 3.6830 3.7000 3.7338 3.7592 3.7846 3.8100 3.8354 3.8608 3.8862 3.9116 3.9370
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 TECHNICAL DATA AND SPECIAL TOOLS 1 - 17
Nm 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10 7.376 8.113 8.851 9.588 10.326 11.063 11.801 12.539 13.276 14.014
20 14.751 15.489 16.226 16.964 17.701 18.439 19.177 19.914 20.652 21.389
30 22.127 22.864 23.602 24.339 25.077 25.815 26.552 27.290 28.027 8.765
40 29.502 30.240 30.978 31.715 32.453 33.190 33.928 34.665 35.403 36.140
50 36.878 37.616 38.353 39.091 39.828 40.566 41.303 42.041 42.778 43.516
60 44.254 44.991 45.729 46.466 47.204 47.941 48.679 49.417 50.154 50.892
70 51.629 52.367 53.104 53.842 54.579 55.317 56.055 56.792 57.530 58.267
80 59.005 59.742 60.480 61.217 61.955 62.693 63.430 64.168 64.905 65.643
90 66.380 67.118 67.856 68.593 69.331 70.068 70.806 71.543 72.281 73.018
100 73.756 74.494 75.231 75.969 76.706 77.444 78.181 78.919 79.656 80.394
110 81.132 81.869 82.607 83.344 84.082 84.819 85.557 86.295 87.032 87.770
120 88.507 89.245 89.982 90.720 91.457 92.195 92.933 93.670 94.408 95.145
130 95.883 96.620 97.358 98.095 98.833 99.571 100.308 101.046 101.783 102.521
140 103.258 103.996 104.734 105.471 106.209 106.946 107.684 108.421 109.159 109.896
150 110.634 111.372 112.109 112.847 113.584 114.322 115.059 115.797 116.534 117.272
160 118.010 118.747 119.485 120.222 120.960 121.697 122.435 123.173 123.910 124.648
170 125.385 126.123 126.860 127.598 128.335 129.073 129.811 130.548 131.286 132.023
180 132.761 133.498 134.236 134.973 135.711 136.449 137.186 137.924 138.661 139.399
190 140.136 140.874 141.612 142.349 143.087 143.824 144.562 145.299 146.037 146.774
200 147.512 148.250 148.987 149.725 150.462 151.200 151.937 152.675 153.412 154.150
210 154.888 155.625 156.363 157.100 157.838 158.575 159.313 160.051 160.788 161.526
220 162.263 163.001 163.738 164.476 165.213 165.951 166.689 167.426 168.164 168.901
230 169.639 170.376 171.114 171.851 172.589 173.327 174.064 174.802 175.539 176.277
240 177.014 177.752 178.490 179.227 179.965 180.702 181.440 182.177 182.915 183.652
250 184.390 185.128 185.865 186.603 187.340 188.078 188.815 189.553 190.290 191.028
260 191.766 192.503 193.241 193.978 194.716 195.453 196.191 196.929 197.666 198.404
270 199.141 199.879 200.616 201.354 202.091 202.829 203.567 204.304 205.042 205.779
280 206.517 207.254 207.992 208.729 209.467 210.205 210.942 211.680 212.417 213.155
290 213.892 214.630 215.368 216.105 216.843 217.580 218.318 219.055 219.793 220.530
300 221.268 222.006 222.743 223.481 224.218 224.956 225.693 226.431 227.168 227.906
310 228.644 229.381 230.119 230.856 231.594 232.331 233.069 233.807 234.544 235.282
320 236.019 236.757 237.494 238.232 238.969 239.707 240.445 241.182 241.920 242.657
330 243.395 244.132 244.870 245.607 246.345 247.083 247.820 248.558 249.295 250.033
340 250.770 251.508 252.245 252.983 253.721 254.458 255.196 255.933 256.671 257.408
350 258.146 258.884 259.621 260.359 261.096 261.834 262.571 263.309 264.046 264.784
360 265.521 266.259 266.997 267.734 268.472 269.209 269.947 270.684 271.422 272.159
370 272.897 273.635 274.372 275.110 275.847 276.585 277.323 278.060 278.798 279.535
380 280.273 281.010 281.748 282.485 283.223 283.960 284.698 285.436 286.173 286.911
390 287.648 288.386 289.123 289.861 290.598 291.336 292.074 292.811 293.549 294.286
400 295.024 295.761 296.499 297.237 297.974 298.712 299.449 300.187 300.924 301.662
410 302.399 303.137 303.875 304.612 305.350 306.087 306.825 307.562 308.300 309.038
420 309.775 310.513 311.250 311.988 312.725 313.463 314.200 314.938 315.676 316.413
430 317.151 317.888 318.626 319.363 320.101 320.838 321.576 322.313 323.051 323.789
440 324.526 325.264 326.001 326.739 327.477 328.214 328.952 329.689 330.427 331.164
450 331.902 332.639 333.377 334.115 334.852 335.590 336.327 337.065 337.802 338.540
460 339.278 340.015 340.753 341.490 342.228 342.965 343.703 344.440 345.178 345.916
470 346.653 347.391 348.128 348.866 349.603 350.341 351.078 351.816 352.553 353.291
480 354.029 354.766 355.504 356.241 356.979 357.717 358.454 359.192 359.929 360.667
490 361.404 362.142 362.879 363.617 364.354 365.092 365.830 366.567 367.305 368.042
500 368.780 369.517 370.255 370.992 371.730 372.468 373.205 373.943 374.680 375.418
510 376.156 376.893 377.631 378.368 379.106 379.843 380.581 381.318 382.056 382.793
520 383.531 384.269 385.006 385.744 386.481 387.219 387.957 388.694 389.432 390.169
530 390.907 391.644 392.382 393.119 393.857 394.594 395.332 396.070 396.807 397.545
540 398.282 399.020 399.757 400.495 401.232 401.970 402.708 403.445 404.183 404.920
550 405.658 406.396 407.133 407.871 408.608 409.346 410.083 410.821 411.558 412.296
560 413.033 413.771 414.509 415.246 415.984 416.721 417.459 418.196 418.934 419.671
570 420.409 421.147 421.884 422.622 423.359 424.097 424.834 425.572 426.310 427.047
580 427.785 428.522 429.260 429.997 430.735 431.472 432.210 432.948 433.685 434.423
590 435.160 435.898 436.635 437.373 438.111 438.848 439.586 440.323 441.061 441.798
600 442.536 443.273 444.011 444.749 445.486 446.224 446.961 447.699 448.436 449.174
610 449.911 450.649 451.386 452.124 452.862 453.599 454.337 455.074 455.812 456.550
620 457.287 458.025 458.762 459.500 460.237 460.975 461.712 462.450 463.187 463.925
630 464.663 465.400 466.138 466.875 467.613 468.350 469.088 469.826 470.563 471.301
640 472.038 472.776 473.513 474.251 474.989 475.726 476.464 477.201 477.939 478.676
650 479.414 480.151 480.889 481.626 482.364 483.102 483.839 484.577 485.314 486.052
660 486.790 487.527 488.265 489.002 489.740 490.477 491.215 491.952 492.690 493.427
670 494.165 494.903 495.640 496.378 497.115 497.853 498.590 499.328 500.065 500.803
680 501.541 502.278 503.016 503.753 504.491 505.229 505.966 506.704 507.441 508.179
690 508.916 509.654 510.391 511.129 511.866 512.604 513.342 514.079 514.817 515.554
700 516.292 517.030 517.767 518.505 519.242 519.980 520.717 521.455 522.192 522.930
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
1 - 18 TECHNICAL DATA AND SPECIAL TOOLS WX210 - WX240
Nm 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
710 523.667 524.405 525.143 525.880 526.618 527.355 528.093 528.830 529.568 530.305
720 531.043 531.781 532.518 533.256 533.993 534.731 535.469 536.206 536.944 537.681
730 538.419 539.156 539.894 540.631 541.369 542.106 542.844 543.582 544.319 545.057
740 545.794 546.532 547.269 548.007 548.744 549.482 550.220 550.957 551.695 552.432
750 553.170 553.907 554.645 555.383 556.120 556.858 557.595 558.333 559.070 559.808
760 560.545 561.283 562.021 562.758 563.496 564.233 564.971 565.708 566.446 567.184
770 567.921 568.659 569.396 570.134 570.871 571.609 572.346 573.084 573.822 574.559
780 575.297 576.034 576.772 577.509 578.247 578.984 579.722 580.459 581.197 581.935
790 582.672 583.410 584.147 584.885 585.623 586.360 587.098 587.835 588.573 589.310
800 590.048 590.785 591.523 592.260 592.998 593.736 594.473 595.211 595.948 596.686
810 597.423 598.161 598.899 599.636 600.374 601.111 601.849 602.586 603.324 604.062
820 604.799 605.537 606.274 607.012 607.749 608.487 609.224 609.962 610.699 611.437
830 612.175 612.912 613.650 614.387 615.125 615.863 616.600 617.338 618.075 618.813
840 619.550 620.288 621.025 621.763 622.500 623.238 623.976 624.713 625.451 626.188
850 626.926 627.663 628.401 629.138 629.876 630.614 631.351 632.089 632.826 633.564
860 634.302 635.039 635.777 636.514 637.252 637.989 638.727 639.464 640.202 640.939
870 641.677 642.415 643.152 643.890 644.627 645.365 646.102 646.840 647.578 648.315
880 649.053 649.790 650.528 651.265 652.003 652.740 653.478 654.216 654.953 655.691
890 656.428 657.166 657.903 658.641 659.378 660.116 660.854 661.591 662.329 663.066
900 663.804 664.542 665.279 666.017 666.754 667.492 668.229 668.967 669.704 670.442
910 671.179 671.917 672.655 673.392 674.130 674.867 675.605 676.342 677.080 677.817
920 678.555 679.293 680.030 680.768 681.505 682.243 682.980 683.718 684.456 685.193
930 685.931 686.668 687.406 688.143 688.881 689.618 690.356 691.094 691.831 692.569
940 693.306 694.044 694.781 695.519 696.257 696.994 697.732 698.469 699.207 699.944
950 700.682 701.419 702.157 702.895 703.632 704.370 705.107 705.845 706.582 707.320
960 708.057 708.795 709.532 710.270 711.008 711.745 712.483 713.220 713.958 714.696
970 715.433 716.171 716.908 717.646 718.383 719.121 719.858 720.596 721.333 722.071
980 722.809 723.546 724.284 725.021 725.759 726.496 727.234 727.972 728.709 729.447
990 730.184 730.922 731.659 732.397 733.135 733.872 734.610 735.347 736.085 736.822
1000 737.560 738.297 739.035 739.772 740.510 741.248 741.985 742.723 743.460 744.198
1010 744.936 745.673 746.411 747.148 747.886 748.623 749.361 750.098 750.836 751.573
1020 752.311 753.049 753.786 754.524 755.261 755.999 756.736 757.474 758.211 758.949
1030 759.687 760.424 761.162 761.899 762.637 763.375 764.112 764.850 765.587 766.325
1040 767.062 767.800 768.537 769.275 770.012 770.750 771.488 772.225 772.963 773.700
1050 774.438 775.175 775.913 776.651 777.388 778.126 778.863 779.601 780.338 781.076
1060 781.813 782.551 783.289 784.026 784.764 785.501 786.239 786.976 787.714 788.451
1070 789.189 789.927 790.664 791.402 792.139 792.877 793.615 794.352 795.090 795.827
1080 796.565 797.302 798.040 798.777 799.515 800.252 800.990 801.728 802.465 803.203
1090 803.940 804.678 805.415 806.153 806.890 807.628 808.366 809.103 809.841 810.578
1100 811.316 812.053 812.791 813.529 814.266 815.004 815.741 816.479 817.216 817.954
1110 818.691 819.429 820.167 820.904 821.642 822.379 823.117 823.854 824.592 825.330
1120 826.067 826.805 827.542 828.280 829.017 829.755 830.492 831.230 831.968 832.705
1130 833.443 834.180 834.918 835.655 836.393 837.130 837.868 838.605 839.343 840.081
1140 840.818 841.556 842.293 843.031 843.769 844.506 845.244 845.981 846.719 847.456
1150 848.194 848.931 849.669 850.406 851.144 851.882 852.619 853.357 854.094 854.832
1160 855.569 856.307 857.045 857.782 858.520 859.257 859.995 860.732 861.470 862.208
1170 862.945 863.683 864.420 865.158 865.895 866.633 867.370 868.108 868.845 869.583
1180 870.321 871.058 871.796 872.533 873.271 874.009 874.746 875.484 876.221 876.959
1190 877.696 878.434 879.171 879.909 880.646 881.384 882.122 882.859 883.597 884.334
1200 885.072 885.809 886.547 887.284 888.022 888.760 889.497 890.235 890.972 891.710
1210 892.448 893.185 893.923 894.660 895.398 896.135 896.873 897.610 898.348 899.085
1220 899.823 900.561 901.298 902.036 902.773 903.511 904.248 904.986 905.724 906.461
1230 907.199 907.936 908.674 909.411 910.149 910.886 911.624 912.362 913.099 913.837
1240 914.574 915.312 916.049 916.787 917.524 918.262 919.000 919.737 920.475 921.212
1250 921.950 922.687 923.425 924.163 924.900 925.638 926.375 927.113 927.850 928.588
1260 929.325 930.063 930.801 931.538 932.276 933.013 933.751 934.488 935.226 935.963
1270 936.701 937.439 938.176 938.914 939.651 940.389 941.126 941.864 942.602 943.339
1280 944.077 944.814 945.552 946.289 947.027 947.764 948.502 949.240 949.977 950.715
1290 951.452 952.190 952.927 953.665 954.403 955.140 955.878 956.615 957.353 958.090
1300 958.828 959.565 960.303 961.041 961.778 962.516 963.253 963.991 964.728 965.466
1310 966.203 966.941 967.678 968.416 969.154 969.891 970.629 971.366 972.104 972.842
1320 973.579 974.317 975.054 975.792 976.529 977.267 978.004 978.742 979.479 980.217
1330 980.955 981.692 982.430 983.167 983.905 984.642 985.380 986.118 986.855 987.593
1340 988.330 989.068 989.805 990.543 991.281 992.018 992.756 993.493 994.231 994.968
1350 995.706 996.443 997.181 997.918 998.656 999.394 1000.131 1000.869 1001.606 1002.344
1360 1003.082 1003.819 1004.557 1005.294 1006.032 1006.769 1007.507 1008.244 1008.982 1009.719
1370 1010.457 1011.195 1011.932 1012.670 1013.407 1014.145 1014.882 1015.620 1016.357 1017.095
1380 1017.833 1018.570 1019.308 1020.045 1020.783 1021.521 1022.258 1022.996 1023.733 1024.471
1390 1025.208 1025.946 1026.683 1027.421 1028.158 1028.896 1029.634 1030.371 1031.109 1031.846
1400 1032.584 1033.321 1034.059 1034.797 1035.534 1036.272 1037.009 1037.747 1038.484 1039.222
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 TECHNICAL DATA AND SPECIAL TOOLS 1 - 19
Nm 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1410 1039.959 1040.697 1041.435 1042.172 1042.910 1043.647 1044.385 1045.122 1045.860 1046.597
1420 1047.335 1048.073 1048.810 1049.548 1050.285 1051.023 1051.760 1052.498 1053.236 1053.973
1430 1054.711 1055.448 1056.186 1056.923 1057.661 1058.398 1059.136 1059.874 1060.611 1061.349
1440 1062.086 1062.824 1063.561 1064.299 1065.036 1065.774 1066.512 1067.249 1067.987 1068.724
1450 1069.462 1070.199 1070.937 1071.675 1072.412 1073.150 1073.887 1074.625 1075.362 1076.100
1460 1076.837 1077.575 1078.312 1079.050 1079.788 1080.525 1081.263 1082.000 1082.738 1083.476
1470 1084.213 1084.951 1085.688 1086.426 1087.163 1087.901 1088.638 1089.376 1090.114 1090.851
1480 1091.589 1092.326 1093.064 1093.801 1094.539 1095.276 1096.014 1096.751 1097.489 1098.227
1490 1098.964 1099.702 1100.439 1101.177 1101.915 1102.652 1103.390 1104.127 1104.865 1105.602
1500 1106.340 1107.077 1107.815 1108.552 1109.290 1110.028 1110.765 1111.503 1112.240 1112.978
1510 1113.715 1114.453 1115.191 1115.928 1116.666 1117.403 1118.141 1118.878 1119.616 1120.354
1520 1121.091 1121.829 1122.566 1123.304 1124.041 1124.779 1125.516 1126.254 1126.991 1127.729
1530 1128.467 1129.204 1129.942 1130.679 1131.417 1132.155 1132.892 1133.630 1134.367 1135.105
1540 1135.842 1136.580 1137.317 1138.055 1138.792 1139.530 1140.268 1141.005 1141.743 1142.480
1550 1143.218 1143.955 1144.693 1145.430 1146.168 1146.906 1147.643 1148.381 1149.118 1149.856
1560 1150.594 1151.331 1152.069 1152.806 1153.544 1154.281 1155.019 1155.756 1156.494 1157.231
1570 1157.969 1158.707 1159.444 1160.182 1160.919 1161.657 1162.394 1163.132 1163.870 1164.607
1580 1165.345 1166.082 1166.820 1167.557 1168.295 1169.032 1169.770 1170.508 1171.245 1171.983
1590 1172.720 1173.458 1174.195 1174.933 1175.670 1176.408 1177.146 1177.883 1178.621 1179.358
1600 1180.096 1180.833 1181.571 1182.309 1183.046 1183.784 1184.521 1185.259 1185.996 1186.734
1610 1187.471 1188.209 1188.947 1189.684 1190.422 1191.159 1191.897 1192.634 1193.372 1194.109
1620 1194.847 1195.585 1196.322 1197.060 1197.797 1198.535 1199.272 1200.010 1200.748 1201.485
1630 1202.223 1202.960 1203.698 1204.435 1205.173 1205.910 1206.648 1207.385 1208.123 1208.861
1640 1209.598 1210.336 1211.073 1211.811 1212.549 1213.286 1214.024 1214.761 1215.499 1216.236
1650 1216.974 1217.711 1218.449 1219.187 1219.924 1220.662 1221.399 1222.137 1222.874 1223.612
1660 1224.349 1225.087 1225.824 1226.562 1227.300 1228.037 1228.775 1229.512 1230.250 1230.988
1670 1231.725 1232.463 1233.200 1233.938 1234.675 1235.413 1236.150 1236.888 1237.625 1238.363
1680 1239.101 1239.838 1240.576 1241.313 1242.051 1242.788 1243.526 1244.264 1245.001 1245.739
1690 1246.476 1247.214 1247.951 1248.689 1249.427 1250.164 1250.902 1251.639 1252.377 1253.114
1700 1253.852 1254.589 1255.327 1256.064 1256.802 1257.540 1258.277 1259.015 1259.752 1260.490
1710 1261.228 1261.965 1262.703 1263.440 1264.178 1264.915 1265.653 1266.390 1267.128 1267.865
1720 1268.603 1269.341 1270.078 1270.816 1271.553 1272.291 1273.028 1273.766 1274.503 1275.241
1730 1275.979 1276.716 1277.454 1278.191 1278.929 1279.667 1280.404 1281.142 1281.879 1282.617
1740 1283.354 1284.092 1284.829 1285.567 1286.304 1287.042 1287.780 1288.517 1289.255 1289.992
1750 1290.730 1291.467 1292.205 1292.943 1293.680 1294.418 1295.155 1295.893 1296.630 1297.368
1760 1298.105 1298.843 1299.581 1300.318 1301.056 1301.793 1302.531 1303.268 1304.006 1304.743
1770 1305.481 1306.219 1306.956 1307.694 1308.431 1309.169 1309.906 1310.644 1311.382 1312.199
1780 1312.857 1313.594 1314.332 1315.069 1315.807 1316.544 1317.282 1318.020 1318.757 1319.495
1790 1320.232 1320.970 1321.707 1322.445 1323.182 1323.920 1324.657 1325.395 1326.133 1326.870
1800 1327.608 1328.345 1329.083 1329.821 1330.558 1331.296 1332.033 1332.771 1333.508 1334.246
1810 1334.983 1335.721 1336.458 1337.196 1337.934 1338.671 1339.409 1340.146 1340.884 1341.622
1820 1342.359 1343.097 1343.834 1344.572 1345.309 1346.047 1346.784 1347.522 1348.260 1348.997
1830 1349.735 1350.472 1351.210 1351.947 1352.685 1353.422 1354.160 1354.897 1355.635 1356.373
1840 1357.110 1357.848 1358.585 1359.323 1360.061 1360.798 1361.536 1362.273 1363.011 1363.748
1850 1364.486 1365.223 1365.961 1366.698 1367.436 1368.174 1368.911 1369.649 1370.386 1371.124
1860 1371.861 1372.599 1373.337 1374.074 1374.812 1375.549 1376.287 1377.024 1377.762 1378.500
1870 1379.237 1379.975 1380.712 1381.450 1382.187 1382.925 1383.662 1384.400 1385.137 1385.875
1880 1386.613 1387.350 1388.088 1388.825 1389.563 1390.301 1391.038 1391.776 1392.513 1393.251
1890 1393.988 1394.726 1395.463 1396.201 1396.938 1397.676 1398.414 1399.151 1399.889 1400.626
1900 1401.364 1402.101 1402.839 1403.576 1404.314 1405.052 1405.789 1406.527 1407.264 1408.002
1910 1408.740 1409.477 1410.215 1410.952 1411.690 1412.427 1413.165 1413.902 1414.640 1415.377
1920 1416.115 1416.853 1417.590 1418.328 1419.065 1419.803 1420.540 1421.278 1422.016 1422.753
1930 1423.491 1424.228 1424.966 1425.703 1426.441 1427.178 1427.916 1428.654 1429.391 1430.129
1940 1430.866 1431.604 1432.341 1433.079 1433.816 1434.554 1435.292 1436.029 1436.767 1437.504
1950 1438.242 1438.979 1439.717 1440.455 1441.192 1441.930 1442.667 1443.405 1444.142 1444.880
1960 1445.617 1446.355 1447.093 1447.830 1448.568 1449.305 1450.043 1450.780 1451.518 1452.255
1970 1452.993 1453.730 1454.468 1455.206 1455.943 1456.681 1457.418 1458.156 1458.894 1459.631
1980 1460.369 1461.106 1461.844 1462.581 1463.319 1464.056 1464.794 1465.531 1466.269 1467.007
1990 1467.744 1468.482 1469.219 1469.957 1470.695 1471.432 1472.170 1472.907 1473.645 1474.382
2000 1475.120 1475.857 1476.595 1477.333 1478.070 1478.808 1479.545 1480.283 1481.020 1481.758
2010 1482.495 1483.233 1483.970 1484.708 1485.446 1486.183 1486.921 1487.658 1488.396 1489.134
2020 1489.871 1490.609 1491.346 1492.084 1492.821 1493.559 1494.296 1495.034 1495.771 1496.509
2030 1497.247 1497.984 1498.722 1499.459 1500.197 1500.934 1501.672 1502.409 1503.147 1503.885
2040 1504.622 1505.360 1506.097 1506.835 1507.573 1508.310 1509.048 1509.785 1510.523 1511.260
2050 1511.998 1512.735 1513.473 1514.210 1514.948 1515.686 1516.423 1517.161 1517.898 1518.636
2060 1519.374 1520.111 1520.849 1521.586 1522.324 1523.061 1523.799 1524.536 1525.274 1526.011
2070 1526.749 1527.487 1528.224 1528.962 1529.699 1530.437 1531.174 1531.912 1532.649 1533.387
2080 1534.125 1534.862 1535.600 1536.337 1537.075 1537.812 1538.550 1539.288 1540.025 1540.763
2090 1541.500 1542.238 1542.975 1543.713 1544.450 1545.188 1545.926 1546.663 1547.401 1548.138
2100 1548.876 1549.613 1550.351 1551.089 1551.826 1552.564 1553.301 1554.039 1554.776 1555.514
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
1 - 20 TECHNICAL DATA AND SPECIAL TOOLS WX210 - WX240
Nm 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2110 1556.251 1556.989 1557.727 1558.464 1559.202 1559.939 1560.677 1561.414 1562.152 1562.889
2120 1563.627 1564.365 1565.102 1565.840 1566.577 1567.315 1568.052 1568.790 1569.528 1570.265
2130 1571.003 1571.740 1572.478 1573.215 1573.953 1574.690 1575.428 1576.166 1576.903 1577.641
2140 1578.378 1579.116 1579.853 1580.591 1581.328 1582.066 1582.803 1583.541 1584.279 1585.016
2150 1585.754 1586.491 1587.229 1587.967 1588.704 1589.442 1590.179 1590.917 1591.654 1592.392
2160 1593.129 1593.867 1594.604 1595.342 1596.080 1596.817 1597.555 1598.292 1599.030 1599.768
2170 1600.505 1601.243 1601.980 1602.718 1603.455 1604.193 1604.930 1605.668 1606.406 1607.143
2180 1607.881 1608.618 1609.356 1610.093 1610.831 1611.568 1612.306 1613.043 1613.781 1614.519
2190 1615.256 1615.994 1616.731 1617.469 1618.207 1618.944 1619.682 1620.419 1621.157 1621.894
2200 1622.632 1623.369 1624.107 1624.844 1625.582 1626.320 1627.057 1627.795 1628.532 1629.270
2210 1630.007 1630.745 1631.482 1632.220 1632.958 1633.695 1634.433 1635.170 1635.908 1636.646
2220 1637.383 1638.121 1638.858 1639.596 1640.333 1641.071 1641.808 1642.546 1643.283 1644.021
2230 1644.759 1645.496 1646.234 1646.971 1647.709 1648.447 1649.184 1649.922 1650.659 1651.397
2240 1652.134 1652.872 1653.609 1654.347 1655.084 1655.822 1656.560 1657.297 1658.035 1658.772
2250 1659.510 1660.247 1660.985 1661.722 1662.460 1663.198 1663.935 1664.673 1665.410 1666.148
2260 1666.885 1667.623 1668.361 1669.098 1669.836 1670.573 1671.311 1672.048 1672.786 1673.523
2270 1674.261 1674.999 1675.736 1676.474 1677.211 1677.949 1678.686 1679.424 1680.162 1680.899
2280 1681.637 1682.374 1683.112 1683.849 1684.587 1685.324 1686.062 1686.800 1687.537 1688.275
2290 1689.012 1689.750 1690.487 1691.225 1691.962 1692.700 1693.437 1694.175 1694.913 1695.650
2300 1696.388 1697.125 1697.863 1698.601 1699.338 1700.076 1700.813 1701.551 1702.288 1703.026
2310 1703.763 1704.501 1705.239 1705.976 1706.714 1707.451 1708.189 1708.926 1709.664 1710.401
2320 1711.139 1711.876 1712.614 1713.352 1714.089 1714.827 1715.564 1716.302 1717.040 1717.777
2330 1718.515 1719.252 1719.990 1720.727 1721.465 1722.202 1722.940 1723.677 1724.415 1725.153
2340 1725.890 1726.628 1727.365 1728.103 1728.841 1729.578 1730.316 1731.053 1731.791 1732.528
2350 1733.266 1734.003 1734.741 1735.479 1736.216 1736.954 1737.691 1738.429 1739.166 1739.904
2360 1740.641 1741.379 1742.116 1742.854 1743.592 1744.329 1745.067 1745.804 1746.542 1747.280
2370 1748.017 1748.755 1749.492 1750.230 1750.967 1751.705 1752.442 1753.180 1753.917 1754.655
2380 1755.393 1756.130 1756.868 1757.605 1758.343 1759.080 1759.818 1760.555 1761.293 1762.031
2390 1762.768 1763.506 1764.243 1764.981 1765.719 1766.456 1767.194 1767.931 1768.669 1769.406
2400 1770.144 1770.881 1771.619 1772.356 1773.094 1773.832 1774.569 1775.307 1776.044 1776.782
2410 1777.520 1778.257 1778.995 1779.732 1780.470 1781.207 1781.945 1782.682 1783.420 1784.157
2420 1784.895 1785.633 1786.370 1787.108 1787.845 1788.583 1789.320 1790.058 1790.795 1791.533
2430 1792.271 1793.008 1793.746 1794.483 1795.221 1795.958 1796.696 1797.434 1798.171 1798.909
2440 1799.646 1800.384 1801.121 1801.859 1802.596 1803.334 1804.072 1804.809 1805.547 1806.284
2450 1807.022 1807.759 1808.497 1809.234 1809.972 1810.710 1811.447 1812.185 1812.922 1813.660
2460 1814.397 1815.135 1815.873 1816.610 1817.348 1818.085 1818.823 1819.560 1820.298 1821.035
2470 1821.773 1822.510 1823.248 1823.986 1824.723 1825.461 1826.198 1826.936 1827.674 1828.411
2480 1829.149 1829.886 1830.624 1831.361 1832.099 1832.836 1833.574 1834.312 1835.049 1835.787
2490 1836.524 1837.262 1837.999 1838.737 1839.474 1840.212 1840.949 1841.687 1842.425 1843.162
2500 1843.900 1844.637 1845.375 1846.113 1846.850 1847.588 1848.325 1849.063 1849.800 1850.538
2510 1851.275 1852.013 1852.750 1853.488 1854.226 1854.963 1855.701 1856.438 1857.176 1857.914
2520 1858.651 1859.389 1860.126 1860.864 1861.601 1862.339 1863.076 1863.814 1864.552 1865.289
2530 1866.027 1866.764 1867.502 1868.239 1868.977 1869.714 1870.452 1871.189 1871.927 1872.665
2540 1873.402 1874.140 1874.877 1875.615 1876.353 1877.090 1877.828 1878.565 1879.303 1880.040
2550 1880.778 1881.515 1882.253 1882.990 1883.728 1884.466 1885.203 1885.941 1886.678 1887.416
2560 1888.153 1888.891 1889.628 1890.366 1891.104 1891.841 1892.579 1893.316 1894.054 1894.792
2570 1895.529 1896.267 1897.004 1897.742 1898.479 1899.217 1899.954 1900.692 1901.429 1902.167
2580 1902.905 1903.642 1904.380 1905.117 1905.855 1906.593 1907.330 1908.068 1908.805 1909.543
2590 1910.280 1911.018 1911.755 1912.493 1913.230 1913.968 1914.706 1915.443 1916.181 1916.918
2600 1917.656 1918.393 1919.131 1919.868 1920.606 1921.344 1922.081 1922.819 1923.556 1924.294
2610 1925.031 1925.769 1926.507 1927.244 1927.982 1928.719 1929.457 1930.194 1930.932 1931.669
2620 1932.407 1933.145 1933.882 1934.620 1935.357 1936.095 1936.832 1937.570 1938.307 1939.045
2630 1939.783 1940.520 1941.258 1941.995 1942.733 1943.470 1944.208 1944.946 1945.683 1946.421
2640 1947.158 1947.896 1948.633 1949.371 1950.108 1950.846 1951.583 1952.321 1953.059 1953.796
2650 1954.534 1955.271 1956.009 1956.747 1957.484 1958.222 1958.959 1959.697 1960.434 1961.172
2660 1961.909 1962.647 1963.385 1964.122 1964.860 1965.597 1966.335 1967.072 1967.810 1968.547
2670 1969.285 1970.022 1970.760 1971.498 1972.235 1972.973 1973.710 1974.448 1975.186 1975.923
2680 1976.661 1977.398 1978.136 1978.873 1979.611 1980.348 1981.086 1981.823 1982.561 1983.299
2690 1984.036 1984.774 1985.511 1986.249 1986.986 1987.724 1988.462 1989.199 1989.937 1990.674
2700 1991.412 1992.149 1992.887 1993.625 1994.362 1995.100 1995.837 1996.575 1997.312 1998.050
2710 1998.787 1999.525 2000.262 2001.000 2001.738 2002.475 2003.213 2003.950 2004.688 2005.426
2720 2006.163 2006.901 2007.638 2008.376 2009.113 2009.851 2010.588 2011.326 2012.063 2012.801
2730 2013.539 2014.276 2015.014 2015.751 2016.489 2017.226 2017.964 2018.701 2019.439 2020.177
2740 2020.914 2021.652 2022.389 2023.127 2023.865 2024.602 2025.340 2026.077 2026.815 2027.552
2750 2028.290 2029.027 2029.765 2030.502 2031.240 2031.978 2032.715 2033.453 2034.190 2034.928
2760 2035.666 2036.403 2037.141 2037.878 2038.616 2039.353 2040.091 2040.828 2041.566 2042.303
2770 2043.041 2043.779 2044.516 2045.254 2045.991 2046.729 2047.466 2048.204 2048.941 2049.679
2780 2050.417 2051.154 2051.892 2052.629 2053.367 2054.104 2054.842 2055.580 2056.317 2057.055
2790 2057.792 2058.530 2059.267 2060.005 2060.742 2061.480 2062.218 2062.955 2063.693 2064.430
2800 2065.168 2065.905 2066.643 2067.380 2068.118 2068.856 2069.593 2070.331 2071.068 2071.806
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 TECHNICAL DATA AND SPECIAL TOOLS 1 - 21
Nm 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
2810 2072.543 2073.281 2074.019 2074.756 2075.494 2076.231 2076.969 2077.706 2078.444 2079.181
2820 2079.919 2080.656 2081.394 2082.132 2082.869 2083.607 2084.344 2085.082 2085.820 2086.557
2830 2087.295 2088.032 2088.770 2089.507 2090.245 2090.982 2091.720 2092.458 2093.195 2093.933
2840 2094.670 2095.408 2096.145 2096.883 2097.620 2098.358 2099.095 2099.833 2100.571 2101.308
2850 2102.046 2102.783 2103.521 2104.259 2104.996 2105.734 2106.471 2107.209 2107.946 2108.684
2860 2109.421 2110.159 2110.896 2111.634 2112.372 2113.109 2113.847 2114.584 2115.322 2116.059
2870 2116.797 2117.535 2118.272 2119.010 2119.747 2120.485 2121.222 2121.960 2122.698 2123.435
2880 2124.173 2124.910 2125.648 2126.385 2127.123 2127.860 2128.598 2129.335 2130.073 2130.811
2890 2131.548 2132.286 2133.023 2133.761 2134.499 2135.236 2135.974 2136.711 2137.449 2138.186
2900 2138.924 2139.661 2140.399 2141.136 2141.874 2142.612 2143.349 2144.087 2144.824 2145.562
2910 2146.299 2147.037 2147.774 2148.512 2149.250 2149.987 2150.725 2151.462 2152.200 2152.937
2920 2153.675 2154.413 2155.150 2155.888 2156.625 2157.363 2158.100 2158.838 2159.575 2160.313
2930 2161.051 2161.788 2162.526 2163.263 2164.001 2164.738 2165.476 2166.214 2166.951 2167.689
2940 2168.426 2169.164 2169.901 2170.639 2171.376 2172.114 2172.852 2173.589 2174.327 2175.064
2950 2175.802 2176.539 2177.277 2178.014 2178.752 2179.490 2180.227 2180.965 2181.702 2182.440
2960 2183.177 2183.915 2184.653 2185.390 2186.128 2186.865 2187.603 2188.340 2189.078 2189.815
2970 2190.553 2191.291 2192.028 2192.766 2193.503 2194.241 2194.978 2195.716 2196.453 2197.191
2980 2197.929 2198.666 2199.404 2200.141 2200.879 2201.616 2202.354 2203.092 2203.829 2204.567
2990 2205.304 2206.042 2006.779 2207.517 2208.254 2208.992 2209.729 2210.467 2211.205 2211.942
3000 2212.680 2213.417 2214.155 2214.893 2215.630 2216.368 2217.105 2217.843 2218.580 2219.318
3010 2220.055 2220.793 2221.531 2222.268 2223.006 2223.743 2224.481 2225.218 2225.956 2226.693
3020 2227.431 2228.168 2228.906 2229.644 2230.381 2231.119 2231.856 2232.594 2233.332 2234.069
3030 2234.807 2235.544 2236.282 2237.019 2237.757 2238.494 2239.232 2239.969 2240.707 2241.445
3040 2242.182 2242.920 2243.657 2244.395 2245.132 2245.870 2246.608 2247.345 2248.083 2248.820
3050 2249.558 2250.295 2251.033 2251.771 2252.508 2253.246 2253.983 2254.721 2255.458 2256.196
3060 2256.933 2257.671 2258.408 2259.146 2259.884 2260.621 2261.359 2262.096 2262.834 2263.572
3070 2264.309 2265.047 2265.784 2266.522 2267.259 2267.997 2268.734 2269.472 2270.209 2270.947
3080 2271.685 2272.422 2273.160 2273.897 2274.635 2275.372 2276.110 2276.847 2277.585 2278.323
3090 2279.060 2279.798 2280.535 2281.273 2282.010 2282.748 2283.486 2284.223 2284.961 2285.698
3100 2286.436 2287.173 2287.911 2288.648 2289.386 2290.124 2290.861 2291.599 2292.336 2293.074
3110 2293.811 2294.549 2295.287 2296.024 2296.762 2297.499 2298.237 2298.974 2299.712 2300.449
3120 2301.187 2301.925 2302.662 2303.400 2304.137 2304.875 2305.612 2306.350 2307.087 2307.825
3130 2308.562 2309.300 2310.038 2310.775 2311.513 2312.250 2312.988 2313.726 2314.463 2315.201
3140 2315.938 2316.676 2317.413 2318.151 2318.888 2319.626 2320.364 2321.101 2321.839 2322.576
3150 2323.314 2324.051 2324.789 2325.526 2326.264 2327.002 2327.739 2328.477 2329.214 2329.952
3160 2330.689 2331.427 2332.165 2332.902 2333.640 2334.377 2335.115 2335.852 2336.590 2337.327
3170 2338.065 2338.802 2339.540 2340.278 2341.015 2341.753 2342.490 2343.228 2343.966 2344.703
3180 2345.441 2346.178 2346.916 2347.653 2348.391 2349.128 2349.866 2350.604 2351.341 2352.079
3190 2352.816 2353.554 2354.291 2355.029 2355.766 2356.504 2357.241 2357.979 2358.717 2359.454
3200 2360.192 2360.929 2361.667 2362.405 2363.142 2363.880 2364.617 2365.355 2366.092 2366.830
3210 2367.567 2368.305 2369.042 2369.780 2370.518 2371.255 2371.993 2372.730 2373.468 2374.205
3220 2374.943 2375.681 2376.418 2377.156 2377.893 2378.631 2379.368 2380.106 2380.844 2381.581
3230 2382.319 2383.056 2383.794 2384.531 2385.269 2386.006 2386.744 2387.481 2388.219 2388.957
3240 2389.694 2390.432 2391.169 2391.907 2392.645 2393.382 2394.120 2394.857 2395.595 2396.332
3250 2397.070 2397.807 2398.545 2399.282 2400.020 2400.758 2401.495 2402.233 2402.970 2403.708
3260 2404.445 2405.183 2405.920 2406.658 2407.396 2408.133 2408.871 2409.608 2410.346 2411.083
3270 2411.821 2412.559 2413.296 2414.034 2414.771 2415.509 2416.246 2416.984 2417.721 2418.459
3280 2419.197 2419.934 2420.672 2421.409 2422.147 2422.884 2423.622 2424.360 2425.097 2425.835
3290 2426.572 2427.310 2428.047 2428.785 2429.522 2430.260 2430.998 2431.735 2432.473 2433.210
3300 2433.948 2434.685 2435.423 2436.160 2436.898 2437.635 2438.373 2439.111 2439.848 2440.586
3310 2441.323 2442.061 2442.799 2443.536 2444.274 2445.011 2445.749 2446.486 2447.224 2447.961
3320 2448.699 2449.437 2450.174 2450.912 2451.649 2452.387 2453.124 2453.862 2454.599 2455.337
3330 2456.075 2456.812 2457.550 2458.287 2459.025 2459.762 2460.500 2461.238 2461.975 2462.713
3340 2463.450 2464.188 2464.925 2465.663 2466.400 2467.138 2467.875 2468.613 2469.351 2470.088
3350 2470.826 2471.563 2472.301 2473.039 2473.776 2474.514 2475.251 2475.989 2476.726 2477.464
3360 2478.201 2478.939 2479.677 2480.414 2481.152 2481.889 2482.627 2483.364 2484.102 2484.839
3370 2485.577 2486.314 2487.052 2487.790 2488.527 2489.265 2490.002 2490.740 2491.478 2492.215
3380 2492.953 2493.690 2494.428 2495.165 2495.903 2496.640 2497.378 2498.115 2498.853 2499.591
3390 2500.328 2501.066 2501.803 2502.541 2503.278 2504.016 2504.754 2505.491 2506.229 2506.966
3400 2507.704 2508.441 2509.179 2509.917 2510.654 2511.392 2512.129 2512.867 2513.604 2514.342
3410 2515.079 2515.817 2516.554 2517.292 2518.030 2518.767 2519.505 2520.242 2520.980 2521.718
3420 2522.455 2523.193 2523.930 2524.668 2525.405 2526.143 2526.880 2527.618 2528.355 2529.093
3430 2529.831 2530.568 2531.306 2532.043 2532.781 2533.518 2534.256 2534.993 2535.731 2536.469
3440 2537.206 2537.944 2538.681 2539.419 2540.156 2540.894 2541.632 2542.369 2543.107 2543.844
3450 2544.582 2545.319 2546.057 2546.794 2547.532 2548.270 2549.007 2549.745 2550.482 2551.220
3460 2551.957 2552.695 2553.433 2554.170 2554.908 2555.645 2556.383 2557.120 2557.858 2558.595
3470 2559.333 2560.071 2560.808 2561.546 2562.283 2563.021 2563.758 2564.496 2565.233 2565.971
3480 2566.708 2567.446 2568.184 2568.921 2569.659 2570.396 2571.134 2571.872 2572.609 2573.347
3490 2574.084 2574.822 2575.559 2576.297 2577.034 2577.772 2578.510 2579.247 2579.985 2580.722
3500 2581.460 2582.197 2582.935 2583.672 2584.410 2585.148 2585.885 2586.623 2587.360 2588.098
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
1 - 22 TECHNICAL DATA AND SPECIAL TOOLS WX210 - WX240
Nm 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
3510 2588.835 2589.573 2590.311 2591.048 2591.786 2592.523 2593.261 2593.998 2594.736 2595.473
3520 2596.211 2596.948 2597.686 2598.424 2599.161 2599.899 2600.636 2601.374 2602.112 2602.849
3530 2603.587 2604.324 2605.062 2605.799 2606.537 2607.274 2608.012 2608.750 2609.487 2610.225
3540 2610.962 2611.700 2612.437 2613.175 2613.912 2614.650 2615.387 2616.125 2616.863 2617.600
3550 2618.338 2619.075 2619.813 2620.551 2621.288 2622.026 2622.763 2623.501 2624.238 2624.976
3560 2625.713 2626.451 2627.188 2627.926 2628.664 2629.401 2630.139 2630.876 2631.614 2632.351
3570 2633.089 2633.827 2634.564 2635.302 2636.039 2636.777 2637.514 2638.252 2638.990 2639.727
3580 2640.465 2641.202 2641.940 2642.677 2643.415 2644.152 2644.890 2645.627 2646.365 2647.103
3590 2647.840 2648.578 2649.315 2650.053 2650.791 2651.528 2652.266 2653.003 2653.741 2654.478
3600 2655.216 2655.953 2656.691 2657.428 2658.166 2658.904 2659.641 2660.379 2661.116 2661.854
3610 2662.591 2663.329 2664.066 2664.804 2665.542 2666.279 2667.017 2667.754 2668.492 2669.229
3620 2669.967 2670.705 2671.442 2672.180 2672.917 2673.655 2674.392 2675.130 2675.867 2676.605
3630 2677.343 2678.080 2678.818 2679.555 2680.293 2681.030 2681.768 2682.506 2583.243 2683.981
3640 2684.718 2685.456 2686.193 2686.931 2687.668 2688.406 2689.144 2689.881 2690.619 2691.356
3650 2692.094 2692.831 2693.569 2694.306 2695.044 2695.781 2696.519 2697.257 2697.994 2698.732
3660 2699.469 2700.207 2700.945 2701.682 2702.420 2703.157 2703.895 2704.632 2705.370 2706.107
3670 2706.845 2707.583 2708.320 2709.058 2709.795 2710.533 2711.270 2712.008 2712.745 2713.483
3680 2714.221 2714.958 2715.696 2716.433 2717.171 2717.908 2718.646 2719.384 2720.121 2720.859
3690 2721.596 2722.334 2723.071 2723.809 2724.546 2725.284 2726.021 2726.759 2727.497 2728.234
3700 2728.972 2729.709 2730.447 2731.185 2731.922 2732.660 2733.397 2734.135 2734.872 2735.610
3710 2736.347 2737.085 2737.823 2738.560 2739.298 2740.035 2740.773 2741.510 2742.248 2742.985
3720 2743.723 2744.460 2745.198 2745.936 2746.673 2747.411 2748.148 2748.886 2749.624 2750.361
3730 2751.099 2751.836 2752.574 2753.311 2754.049 2754.786 2755.524 2756.261 2756.999 2757.737
3740 2758.474 2759.212 2759.949 2760.687 2761.424 2762.162 2762.900 2763.637 2764.375 2765.112
3750 2765.850 2766.587 2767.325 2768.062 2768.800 2769.538 2770.275 2771.013 2771.750 2772.488
3760 2773.225 2773.963 2774.700 2775.438 2776.176 2776.913 2777.651 2778.388 2779.126 2779.864
3770 2780.601 2781.339 2782.076 2782.814 2783.551 2784.289 2785.026 2785.764 2786.501 2787.239
3780 2787.977 2788.714 2789.452 2790.189 2790.927 2791.664 2792.402 2793.139 2793.877 2794.615
3790 2795.352 2796.090 2796.827 2797.565 2798.302 2799.040 2799.778 2800.515 2801.253 2801.990
3800 2802.728 2803.465 2804.203 2804.940 2805.678 2806.416 2807.153 2807.891 2808.628 2809.366
3810 2810.103 2810.841 2811.579 2812.316 2813.054 2813.791 2814.529 2815.266 2816.004 2816.741
3820 2817.479 2818.217 2818.954 2819.692 2820.429 2821.167 2821.904 2822.642 2823.379 2824.117
3830 2824.854 2825.592 2826.330 2827.067 2827.805 2828.542 2829.280 2830.018 2830.755 2831.493
3840 2832.230 2832.968 2833.705 2834.443 2835.180 2835.918 2836.656 2837.393 2838.131 2838.868
3850 2839.606 2840.343 2841.081 2841.818 2842.556 2843.293 2844.031 2844.769 2845.506 2846.244
3860 2846.981 2847.719 2848.457 2849.194 2849.932 2850.669 2851.407 2852.144 2852.882 2853.619
3870 2854.357 2855.094 2855.832 2856.570 2857.307 2858.045 2858.782 2859.520 2860.258 2860.995
3880 2861.733 2862.470 2863.208 2863.945 2864.683 2865.420 2866.158 2866.896 2867.633 2868.371
3890 2869.108 2869.846 2870.583 2871.321 2872.058 2872.796 2873.533 2874.271 2875.009 2875.746
3900 2876.484 2877.221 2877.959 2878.697 2879.434 2880.172 2880.909 2881.647 2882.384 2883.122
3910 2883.859 2884.597 2885.334 2886.072 2886.810 2887.547 2888.285 2889.022 2889.760 2890.497
3920 2891.235 2891.973 2892.710 2893.448 2894.185 2894.923 2895.660 2896.398 2897.135 2897.873
3930 2898.611 2899.348 2900.086 2900.823 2901.561 2902.298 2903.036 2903.773 2904.511 2905.249
3940 2905.986 2906.724 2907.461 2908.199 2908.937 2909.674 2910.412 2911.149 2911.887 2912.624
3950 2913.362 2914.099 2914.837 2915.574 2916.312 2917.050 2917.787 2918.525 2919.262 2920.000
3960 2920.737 2921.475 2922.212 2922.950 2923.687 2924.425 2925.163 2925.900 2926.638 2927.375
3970 2928.113 2928.851 2929.588 2930.326 2931.063 2931.801 2932.538 2933.276 2934.013 2934.751
3980 2935.489 2936.226 2936.964 2937.701 2938.439 2939.176 2939.914 2940.652 2941.389 2942.127
3990 2942.864 2943.602 2944.339 2945.077 2945.814 2946.552 2947.290 2948.027 2948.765 2949.502
4000 2950.240 2950.977 2951.715 2952.452 2953.190 2953.927 2954.665 2955.403 2956.140 2956.878
4010 2957.615 2958.353 2959.091 2959.828 2960.566 2961.303 2962.041 2962.778 2963.516 2964.253
4020 2964.991 2965.729 2966.466 2967.204 2967.941 2968.679 2969.416 2970.154 2970.891 2971.629
4030 2972.366 2973.104 2973.842 2974.579 2975.317 2976.054 2976.792 2977.530 2978.267 2979.005
4040 2979.742 2980.480 2981.217 2981.955 2982.692 2983.430 2984.167 2984.905 2985.643 2986.380
4050 2987.118 2987.855 2988.593 2989.331 2990.068 2990.806 2991.543 2992.281 2993.018 2993.756
4060 2994.493 2995.231 2995.969 2996.706 2997.444 2998.181 2998.919 2999.656 3000.394 3001.131
4070 3001.869 3002.606 3003.344 3004.082 3004.819 3005.557 3006.294 3007.032 3007.770 3008.507
4080 3009.245 3009.982 3010.720 3011.457 3012.195 3012.932 3013.670 3014.407 3015.145 3015.883
4090 3016.620 3017.358 3018.095 3018.833 3019.570 3020.308 3021.046 3021.783 3022.521 3023.258
4100 3023.996 3024.733 3025.471 3026.208 3026.946 3027.684 3028.421 3029.159 3029.896 3030.634
4110 3031.371 3032.109 3032.846 3033.584 3034.322 3035.059 3035.797 3036.534 3037.272 3038.010
4120 3038.747 3039.485 3040.222 3040.960 3041.697 3042.435 3043.172 3043.910 3044.647 3045.385
4130 3046.123 3046.860 3047.598 3048.335 3049.073 3049.810 3050.548 3051.285 3052.023 3052.760
4140 3053.498 3054.236 3054.973 3055.711 3056.448 3057.186 3057.924 3058.661 3059.399 3060.136
4150 3060.874 3061.611 3062.349 3063.086 3063.824 3064.562 3065.299 3066.037 3066.774 3067.512
4160 3068.249 3068.987 3069.725 3070.462 3071.200 3071.937 3072.675 3073.412 3074.150 3074.887
4170 3075.625 3076.363 3077.100 3077.838 3078.575 3079.313 3080.050 3080.788 3081.525 3082.263
4180 3083.000 3083.738 3084.476 3085.213 3085.951 3086.688 3087.426 3088.164 3088.901 3089.639
4190 3090.376 3091.114 3091.851 3092.589 3093.326 3094.064 3094.802 3095.539 3096.277 3097.014
4200 3097.752 3098.489 3099.227 3099.964 3100.702 3101.439 3102.177 3102.915 3103.652 3104.390
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 TECHNICAL DATA AND SPECIAL TOOLS 1 - 23
Nm 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
4210 3105.127 3105.865 3106.603 3107.340 3108.078 3108.815 3109.553 3110.290 3111.028 3111.765
4220 3112.503 3113.240 3113.978 3114.716 3115.453 3116.191 3116.928 3117.666 3118.404 3119.141
4230 3119.879 3120.616 3121.354 3122.091 3122.829 3123.566 3124.304 3125.042 3125.779 3126.517
4240 3127.254 3127.992 3128.729 3129.467 3130.204 3130.942 3131.679 3132.417 3133.155 3133.892
4250 3134.630 3135.367 3136.105 3136.843 3137.580 3138.318 3139.055 3139.793 3140.530 3141.268
4260 3142.005 3142.743 3143.480 3144.218 3144.956 3145.693 3146.431 3147.168 3147.906 3148.643
4270 3149.381 3150.118 3150.856 3151.594 3152.331 3153.069 3153.806 3154.544 3155.281 3156.019
4280 3156.757 3157.494 3158.232 3158.969 3159.707 3160.444 3161.182 3161.919 3162.657 3163.395
4290 3164.132 3164.870 3165.607 3166.345 3167.083 3167.820 3168.558 3169.295 3170.033 3170.770
4300 3171.508 3172.245 3172.983 3173.720 3174.458 3175.196 3175.933 3176.671 3177.408 3178.146
4310 3178.883 3179.621 3180.358 3181.096 3181.833 3182.571 3183.309 3184.046 3184.784 3185.521
4320 3186.259 3186.997 3187.734 3188.472 3189.209 3189.947 3190.684 3191.422 3192.159 3192.897
4330 3193.635 3194.372 3195.110 3195.847 3196.585 3197.322 3198.060 3198.798 3199.535 3200.273
4340 3201.010 3201.748 3202.485 3203.223 3203.960 3204.698 3205.436 3206.173 3206.911 3207.648
4350 3208.386 3209.123 3209.861 3210.598 3211.336 3212.073 3212.811 3213.549 3214.286 3215.024
4360 3215.761 3216.499 3217.237 3217.974 3218.712 3219.449 3220.187 3220.924 3221.662 3222.399
4370 3223.137 3223.875 3224.612 3225.350 3226.087 3226.825 3227.562 3228.300 3229.037 3229.775
4380 3230.512 3231.250 3231.988 3232.725 3233.463 3234.200 3234.938 3235.676 3236.413 3237.151
4390 3237.888 3238.626 3239.363 3240.101 3240.838 3241.576 3242.313 3243.051 3243.789 3244.526
4400 3245.264 3246.001 3246.739 3247.477 3248.214 3248.952 3249.689 3250.427 3251.164 3251.902
4410 3252.639 3253.377 3254.115 3254.852 3255.590 3256.327 3257.065 3257.802 3258.540 3259.277
4420 3260.015 3260.752 3261.490 3262.228 3262.965 3263.703 3264.440 3265.178 3265.916 3266.653
4430 3267.391 3268.128 3268.866 3269.603 3270.341 3271.078 3271.816 3272.553 3273.291 3274.029
4440 3274.766 3275.504 3276.241 3276.979 3277.716 3278.454 3279.191 3279.929 3280.667 3281.404
4450 3282.142 3282.879 3283.617 3284.354 3285.092 3285.830 3286.567 3287.305 3288.042 3288.780
4460 3289.517 3290.255 3290.992 3291.730 3292.468 3293.205 3293.943 3294.680 3295.418 3296.156
4470 3296.893 3297.631 3298.368 3299.106 3299.843 3300.581 3301.318 3302.056 3302.793 3303.531
4480 3304.269 3305.006 3305.744 3306.481 3307.219 3307.956 3308.694 3309.431 3310.169 3310.906
4490 3311.644 3312.382 3313.119 3313.857 3314.594 3315.332 3316.070 3316.807 3317.545 3318.282
4500 3319.020 3319.757 3320.495 3321.232 3321.970 3322.708 3323.445 3324.183 3324.920 3325.658
4510 3326.395 3327.133 3327.870 3328.608 3329.346 3330.083 3330.821 3331.558 3332.296 3333.033
4520 3333.771 3334.509 3335.246 3335.984 3336.721 3337.459 3338.196 3338.934 3339.671 3340.409
4530 3341.146 3341.884 3342.622 3343.359 3344.097 3344.834 3345.572 3346.310 3347.047 3347.785
4540 3348.522 3349.260 3349.997 3350.735 3351.472 3352.210 3352.948 3353.685 3354.423 3355.160
4550 3355.898 3356.635 3357.373 3358.110 3358.848 3359.585 3360.323 3361.061 3361.798 3362.536
4560 3363.273 3364.011 3364.749 3365.486 3366.224 3366.961 3367.699 3368.436 3369.174 3369.911
4570 3370.649 3371.386 3372.124 3372.862 3373.599 3374.337 3375.074 3375.812 3376.550 3377.287
4580 3378.025 3378.762 3379.500 3380.237 3380.975 3381.712 3382.450 3383.187 3383.925 3384.663
4590 3385.400 3386.138 3386.875 3387.613 3388.350 3389.088 3389.825 3390.563 3391.301 3392.038
4600 3392.776 3393.513 3394.251 3394.989 3395.726 3396.464 3397.201 3397.939 3398.676 3399.414
4610 3400.151 3400.889 3401.626 3402.364 3403.102 3403.839 3404.577 3405.314 3406.052 3406.789
4620 3407.527 3408.264 3409.002 3409.740 3410.477 3411.215 3411.952 3412.690 3413.427 3414.165
4630 3414.903 3415.640 3416.378 3417.115 3417.853 3418.590 3419.328 3420.065 3420.803 3421.541
4640 3422.278 3423.016 3423.753 3424.491 3425.229 3425.966 3426.704 3427.441 3428.179 3428.916
4650 3429.654 3430.391 3431.129 3431.866 3432.604 3433.342 3434.079 3434.817 3435.554 3436.292
4660 3437.029 3437.767 3438.504 3439.242 3439.979 3440.717 3441.455 3442.192 3442.930 3443.667
4670 3444.405 3445.143 3445.880 3446.618 3447.355 3448.093 3448.830 3449.568 3450.305 3451.043
4680 3451.781 3452.518 3453.256 3453.993 3454.731 3455.468 3456.206 3456.943 3457.681 3458.419
4690 3459.156 3459.894 3460.631 3461.369 3462.106 3462.844 3463.582 3464.319 3465.057 3465.794
4700 3466.532 3467.269 3468.007 3468.744 3469.482 3470.219 3470.957 3471.695 3472.432 3473.170
4710 3473.907 3474.645 3475.383 3476.120 3476.858 3477.595 3478.333 3479.070 3479.808 3480.545
4720 3481.283 3482.021 3482.758 3483.496 3484.233 3484.971 3485.708 3486.446 3487.183 3487.921
4730 3488.658 3489.396 3490.134 3490.871 3491.609 3492.346 3493.084 3493.822 3494.559 3495.297
4740 3496.034 3496.772 3497.509 3498.247 3498.984 3499.722 3500.459 3501.197 3501.935 3502.672
4750 3503.410 3504.147 3504.885 3505.622 3506.360 3507.098 3507.835 3508.573 3509.310 3510.048
4760 3510.785 3511.523 3512.260 3512.998 3513.736 3514.473 3515.211 3515.948 3516.686 3517.423
4770 3518.161 3518.898 3519.636 3520.374 3521.111 3521.849 3522.586 3523.324 3524.062 3524.799
4780 3525.537 3526.274 3527.012 3527.749 3528.487 3529.224 3529.962 3530.699 3531.437 3532.175
4790 3532.912 3533.650 3534.387 3535.125 3535.862 3536.600 3537.337 3538.075 3538.813 3539.550
4800 3540.288 3541.025 3541.763 3542.500 3543.238 3543.976 3544.713 3545.451 3546.188 3546.926
4810 3547.663 3548.401 3549.138 3549.876 3550.614 3551.351 3552.089 3552.826 3553.564 3554.302
4820 3555.039 3555.777 3556.514 3557.252 3557.989 3558.727 3559.464 3560.202 3560.939 3561.677
4830 3562.415 3463.152 3563.890 3564.627 3565.365 3566.102 3566.840 3567.577 3568.315 3569.052
4840 3569.790 3570.528 3571.265 3572.003 3572.740 3573.478 3574.216 3574.953 3575.691 3576.428
4850 3577.166 3577.903 3578.641 3579.378 3580.116 3580.854 3581.591 3582.329 3583.066 3583.804
4860 3584.541 3585.279 3586.016 3586.754 3587.492 3588.229 3588.967 3589.704 3590.442 3591.179
4870 3591.917 3592.655 3593.392 3594.130 3594.867 3595.605 3596.342 3597.080 3597.817 3598.555
4880 3599.292 3600.030 3600.768 3601.505 3602.243 3602.980 3603.718 3604.456 3605.193 3605.931
4890 3606.668 3607.406 3608.143 3608.881 3609.618 3610.356 3611.094 3611.831 3612.569 3613.306
4900 3614.044 3614.781 3615.519 3616.256 3616.994 3617.731 3618.469 3619.207 3619.944 3620.682
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
1 - 24 TECHNICAL DATA AND SPECIAL TOOLS WX210 - WX240
Nm 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
4910 3621.419 3622.157 3622.895 3623.632 3624.370 3625.107 3625.845 3626.582 3627.320 3628.057
4920 3628.795 3629.532 3630.270 3631.008 3631.745 3632.483 3633.220 3633.958 3634.695 3635.433
4930 3636.171 3636.908 3637.646 3638.383 3639.121 3639.858 3640.596 3641.333 3642.071 3642.809
4940 3643.546 3644.284 3645.021 3645.759 3646.496 3647.234 3647.971 3648.709 3649.447 3650.184
4950 3650.922 3651.659 3652.397 3653.135 3653.872 3654.610 3655.347 3656.085 3656.822 3657.560
4960 3658.297 3659.035 3659.772 3660.510 3661.248 3661.985 3662.723 3663.460 3664.198 3664.935
4970 3665.673 3666.410 3667.148 3667.886 3668.623 3669.361 3670.098 3670.836 3671.573 3672.311
4980 3673.049 3673.786 3674.524 3675.261 3675.999 3676.736 3677.474 3678.211 3678.949 3679.687
4990 3680.424 3681.162 3681.899 3682.637 3683.374 3684.112 3684.850 3685.587 3686.325 3687.062
5000 3687.800 3688.537 3689.275 3690.012 3690.750 3691.488 3692.225 3692.963 3693.700 3694.438
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 TECHNICAL DATA AND SPECIAL TOOLS 1 - 25
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
1 - 26 TECHNICAL DATA AND SPECIAL TOOLS WX210 - WX240
Example:
conversion from °R in °C: °C=5/4°R
The fundamental temperature unit is the Kelvin (K).
The symbol used is the T.
The equally used Rankine temperature scale for absolute temperaturs is related to K as follows:
°Rank = 9/5K
Î
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 TECHNICAL DATA AND SPECIAL TOOLS 1 - 27
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
1 - 28 TECHNICAL DATA AND SPECIAL TOOLS WX210 - WX240
Speed
1 km/h = 0.27778 m/s 1 m/s = 3.6km/h
1 mile/h = 1.60934 km/h 1 km/h = 0.62137 mile/h
1 kn (Knoten) = 1.852 km/h 1 km/h = 0.53996 kn
1 ft/min = 0.3048 m/min 1 m/min = 3.28084 ft/min
The Mach number "Ma" (no official unit of measurement) gives the factor by which a body is faster, than the
speed of sound.
Thus "Ma" = 1.3 means 1.3 times as fast as the speed of sound.
1) Approximate velocity of sound in the air.
Î
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 TECHNICAL DATA AND SPECIAL TOOLS 1 - 29
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
1 - 30 TECHNICAL DATA AND SPECIAL TOOLS WX210 - WX240
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 TECHNICAL DATA AND SPECIAL TOOLS 1 - 31
Fuel consumption
1 g/PSh = 1.3569 g/kWh 1 g/kWh = 0.7355 g/PS h
1 lb/HP H = 608.277 g/kWh 1 g/kWh = 0.001644 lb/HP H
1 liq pt/HP H = 634.545 cm³/kWh 1 cm³/kWh = 0.001576 liq pt/HP H
1 pt (UK)/HP H = 762.049 cm³/kWh 1 cm³/kWh = 0.001312 pt (UK)/HP H
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
1 - 32 TECHNICAL DATA AND SPECIAL TOOLS WX210 - WX240
General information
The following tables contain the tightening torques for screws with a DIN 13 - 13 metric thread.
The construction dept. may specify in certain cases tightening torques other than those set out in the stan-
dard. The values set out in the tables are therefore applicable unless otherwise specified in the "In-
spection and servicing" chapter of the operating instructions, the Technical Handbook or the draw-
ings.
The tightening torques specified do not only depend on the screw grade, but also on the friction at the thread
and the bearing face of the screw head. Therefore, different friction coefficients ( total) depending on the type
and condition of the screws used must be applied when calculating tightening torques.
1. Friction coefficient total = 0.10:
screw and/or nut electro-galvanized (surface protection A3B).
2. Friction coefficient total = 0.12:
screw black-plated or phosphatized
nut bright
thread oiled
3. Friction coefficient total = 0.16:
screws with liquid screw fixer, e.g. Loctite 242, 243, in acc. with application instructions.
The corresponding column is marked in the tables with an "L".
The three figures given are mean friction coefficients.
The calculated tightening torques MA are valid for tightening of the screws by hand.
Units of measurement
The tightening torques specified in the tables are expressed in Nm (newtonmeter). If older torque wrenches
are used for tightening, the Nm values must be converted to the formerly used kpm (kilopondmeter) unit. The
conversion is simple since 1 kpm is almost exactly the same as 10 Nm (exact coversion factor: 1 kpm = 9.81
Nm). The small difference can be ignored so that for conversion purposes the Nm value must only be divided
by 10.
Exaple:
1840
1840 Nm = = 184kpm
10
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 TECHNICAL DATA AND SPECIAL TOOLS 1 - 33
1)
Screw and/or nut electro-galvanized.
2)
Screw black-plated or phosphatized, thread oiled.
3)
Screws with liquid screw fixer, e.g. Loctite 242, 243.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
1 - 34 TECHNICAL DATA AND SPECIAL TOOLS WX210 - WX240
1)
Screw and/or nut electro-galvanized.
2)
Screw black-plated or phosphatized, thread oiled.
3)
Screws with liquid screw fixer, e.g. Loctite 242, 243.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 TECHNICAL DATA AND SPECIAL TOOLS 1 - 35
Fig. 2
Fig. 1
6° = 1 min
Tighten bolts in several stages. 1) 30° = 5 min
Sequence: 1, 2, 3, 4 45° = 7.5 min
60° = 10 min
1)
See Fittings, pipes and hoses 90° = 15 min
135° = 22.5 min
220° = 36.7 min
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
1 - 36 TECHNICAL DATA AND SPECIAL TOOLS WX210 - WX240
Calculation Examples
40000210-en
Angles of Slope
Fig. 3
Travel Speed
360
V=
t
V = km/h
t = seconds needed for 100m
Example: At a constant speed, a travel time of 18 seconds is needed for a distance of 100 meters.
360
V( km / h ) = = 20km / h
18
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 TECHNICAL DATA AND SPECIAL TOOLS 1 - 37
p ⋅Q
P=
600
P =kW
p =bar
Q =l/min
Example: For a pump with an effective discharge rate of Q = 80 l/min, at a pressure of p = 300 bar the output
is to be calculated.
300 ⋅ 80
P( kW ) = = 40kW
600
VZyl . ⋅ 60
t=
Qp
t = Seconds
VZyl. = Volume of the cylinder(s) in dm³
Qp = theoretical discharge rate of the pump(s) in l/min
Example: For a given pump discharge rate of Qp = 80 l/min and a cylinder
volume of VZyl. = 10 dm³ we obtain.
10 ⋅ 60
t ( Sek ) = = 7.5 sec
80
Vp ⋅ np
n=
VM
11 ⋅ 2150
n= = 2956 min −1
8
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
1 - 38 TECHNICAL DATA AND SPECIAL TOOLS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 1 Fig. 3
Fig. 4
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 TECHNICAL DATA AND SPECIAL TOOLS 1 - 39
Fig. 5 Fig. 6
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
1 - 40 TECHNICAL DATA AND SPECIAL TOOLS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 1 Fig. 4
Bearing friction moment adjusting device Assembly aid for shaft seals
Fig. 2 Fig. 5
Fig. 3 Fig. 6
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 TECHNICAL DATA AND SPECIAL TOOLS 1 - 41
Fig. 7 Fig. 10
Fig. 8 Fig. 11
Fig. 9 Fig. 12
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
1 - 42 TECHNICAL DATA AND SPECIAL TOOLS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 13 Fig. 16
Fig. 14 Fig. 17
Fig. 15 Fig. 18
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 TECHNICAL DATA AND SPECIAL TOOLS 1 - 43
Fig. 19 Fig. 21
Driving tool
Fig. 20
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
1 - 44 TECHNICAL DATA AND SPECIAL TOOLS WX210 - WX240
Spacers 40000249-en
Fig. 1
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
Service manual
Section 2 Machine Structure
WX210 - WX240
9-91270
2-2 MACHINE STRUCTURE WX210 - WX240
The data contained in this handbook were valid at the time of publication. As we constantly
endeavour to improve our products and to provide additional options, modifications or
changes made in this context may have an impact on the procedures described in this
handbook. Please contact your local dealer if you find any discrepancies.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 MACHINE STRUCTURE 2-3
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
2-4 MACHINE STRUCTURE WX210 - WX240
Table of contents
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 MACHINE STRUCTURE 2-5
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
2-6 MACHINE STRUCTURE WX210 - WX240
Fig. 1 Î
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 MACHINE STRUCTURE 2-7
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
2-8 MACHINE STRUCTURE WX210 - WX240
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 MACHINE STRUCTURE 2-9
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
2 - 10 MACHINE STRUCTURE WX210 - WX240
Fig. 1 Î
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 MACHINE STRUCTURE 2 - 11
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
2 - 12 MACHINE STRUCTURE WX210 - WX240
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 MACHINE STRUCTURE 2 - 13
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
2 - 14 MACHINE STRUCTURE WX210 - WX240
Fig. 1 Î
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 MACHINE STRUCTURE 2 - 15
Page 1 of 8
No. Designation Function Symbol
1 Multifunction dis- Control and monitoring of machine func-
play tions (detailed description, see "Multifunc-
tion display")
2 Rocker switch Shifted boom op- Shifted boom operation
eration
- to activate -
(hinged joint upper
depress switch face without symbol
boom section, op-
tional equipment) - to deactivate -
depress switch face with symbol
(see: "shifted boom operation")
3 Rocker switch Hydraulic shears Hydraulic shears
(optional equip- - to activate -
ment) depress switch face without symbol
- to deactivate -
depress switch face with symbol
4 Rocker switch Hydraulic rotary Hydraulic rotary cutter
cutter
- to activate -
(optional equip- depress switch face without symbol
ment)
- to deactivate -
depress switch face with symbol
5 Rocker switch Hydraulic hammer - Hydraulic hammer
(optional equip- - to activate -
ment) depress switch face without symbol
- to deactivate -
depress switch face with symbol
6 Rocker switch Rotary beacon - Rotary beacon
(optional equip- - to activate -
ment) depress switch face without symbol
- to deactivate -
depress switch face with symbol
7 Key-switch Electrical system Activation / deactivation of electrical sys-
tem, starting / stopping the engine
Activation / deactivation of part of the elec-
trical system (P)
(Radio, cab interior lighting)
8 Rocker switch Floodlamp at the - Floodlamp
rear - to activate -
(optional equip- depress switch face without symbol
ment)
- to deactivate -
depress switch face with symbol
9 Rocker switch Floodlamp on cab / - Floodlamp
equipment - to activate -
depress switch face without symbol
- to deactivate -
depress switch face with symbol
Î
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
2 - 16 MACHINE STRUCTURE WX210 - WX240
Fig. 2 Î
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 MACHINE STRUCTURE 2 - 17
Page 2 of 8
No. Designation Function Symbol
10 Rocker button Screen-wiper Activates the screen-washer pump and the
automatic wipe / wiper as long as the switch face without
wash function symbol is kept depressed
Power stage 1
Power stage 2
Power stage 3
Power stage 4
Power stage 5
Power stage 5
Power stage 7
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
2 - 18 MACHINE STRUCTURE WX210 - WX240
Fig. 3 Î
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 MACHINE STRUCTURE 2 - 19
Page 3 of 8
No. Designation Function Symbol
16 Key Gearshift Manual gearshift:
Key equipped with 2 LEDs
1st gear: LED1 on
2nd gear: LED2 on
last state stored when "ignition off"
Shift during driving:
1st -> 2nd gear below 3 km/h
2nd -> 1st gear below 1 km/h
Shift request registerd above the limit
speeds (corresponding LED on), shift re-
quest executed on reaching of the shifting
condition
17 Key Superstructure The key is equipped with 2 LEDs
holding brake
LED1 and LED2 = off
holding brake released, superstructure free
to turn
LED1 = on
holding brake applied, superstructure bra-
ked
LED2 = on
automatic mode, holding brake is applied
and released automatically, exact braking
in difficult working conditions, see: "Apply-
ing / releasing the superstructure holding
brake")
18 Key Overload warning LED = off overload warning system off
system
LED1 = on overload warning system on
(optional equip-
(machine not additionally stabi-
ment)
lized)
LED2 = on overload warning system on
(machine additionally stabilized,
optional equipment)
Î
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
2 - 20 MACHINE STRUCTURE WX210 - WX240
Fig. 4 Î
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 MACHINE STRUCTURE 2 - 21
Page 4 of 8
No. Designation Function Symbol
19 Key Slewing movent The key is equipped with 2 LEDs
braking action
LED = off soft braking of superstructure
slewing movement
LED1 = on standard braking of super
structure slewing movement
LED1 and 2 = on
harsh braking of superstructure
slewing movement
(see: "Slewing and braking the
superstructure")
17-19 Keypad module C5.2C
35
20 Keypad module Fog warning lamp Fog warning lamp
lit up
- To activate the fog warning lamp -
depress blank face of switch
- To deactivate the fog warning lamp -
depress symbol face of switch
21 Indicator lamp Parking brake Lit up when the parking brake is applied
22 Socket outlet 12 V
23 Potentiometer Travelling speed Inching
(Inching) limitation
Adjusting of maximum travelling speed
when travel pedal is fully depressed.
Readjustment during driving possible.
To the left -> minimum
To the right -> maximum
24 Rotary switch Blower Switches the blower into stages:
0 = off,1, 2, 3
25 Pushbutton/white Air conditioner / Recirculated air on / off
heating
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
2 - 22 MACHINE STRUCTURE WX210 - WX240
Fig. 5 Î
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 MACHINE STRUCTURE 2 - 23
Page 5 of 8
No. Designation Function Symbol
28 Rocker switch Independent con- Depending on optional equipment, the
tol of stabilizers / stabilizer / levelling blade is activated or
levelling blade deactivated.
(optional equip-
ment)
29 Rocker switch Independent con- Depending on optional equipment, the
tol of stabilizers / stabilizer / levelling blade is activated or
levelling blade deactivated.
(optional equip-
ment)
30 Rocker switch Independent con- Depending on optional equipment, the
tol of stabilizers / stabilizer / levelling blade is activated or
levelling blade deactivated.
(optional equip-
ment)
31 Rocker switch Independent con- Depending on optional equipment, the
tol of stabilizers / stabilizer / levelling blade is activated or
levelling blade deactivated.
(optional equip-
ment)
Î
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
2 - 24 MACHINE STRUCTURE WX210 - WX240
Fig. 6 Î
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 MACHINE STRUCTURE 2 - 25
Page 6 of 8
No. Designation Function Symbol
32 Rocker switch Parking and ser- Parking and service brake
vice brake
Switch equipped with 2 LEDs
3 switching states
1. brake permanently blocked: LED1 on,
2. brake permanently blocked: LED1 off
3. automatic mode (active only in 1st
gear ! ): LED2 on
Brake is released when:
- travel pedal is being depressed
33 Key Floating axle Floating axle blocking
blocking
Key equipped with 2 LEDs
3 switching states
1. permanently blocked: LED1 off
2. permanently released: LED2 on
3. automatic mode: LED2 on
last state stored when "ignition off" Auto-
matic mode ON - OFF: depress key > 2
sec
Automatic mode:
Axle is unblocked, when:
- travel pedal is depressed and excavator
starts rolling or
- stabilizers are being moved
Attention: axle is unblocked only if safety
lever (72) in in lower position !
Î
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
2 - 26 MACHINE STRUCTURE WX210 - WX240
Fig. 7 Î
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 MACHINE STRUCTURE 2 - 27
Page 7 of 8
No. Designation Function Symbol
35 Key Road travel To activate the road travel mode:
Set safety lever (72, Fig. 2 in "Control ele-
ments") to position 0 (see Fig. 1 "Starting
the engine") / (electro-hydraulic pilot con-
trol = OFF)
depress symbol face of key; LED2 lights
up.
To deactivate the road travel mode:
Set safety lever (72, Fig. 2 in "Control ele-
ments") to position 0
depress symbol face of key;
LED2 is off.
36 Key Creep speed To activate creep speed -
depress symbol face of key;
LED2 and the symbol light up
To deactivate creep speed -
depress symbol face of key;
LED2 and the are off
16/32, Keypad module C5.3
33/36
37 Multifunction lever Lighting Lighting OFF
(steering column)
41 Multifunction lever Turn signal Turn signal "to the left" on/off
(steering column)
42 Multifunction lever Turn signal Turn signal "to the right" on/off
(steering column)
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
2 - 28 MACHINE STRUCTURE WX210 - WX240
Fig. 8 Î
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 MACHINE STRUCTURE 2 - 29
Page 8 of 8
No. Designation Function Symbol
Buzzer Intermittent warning tone signal, when:
- brake pressure too low
- engine oil pressure insufficient
- coolant temperature too high
- admissible load moment exceeded (with
verload warning option)
- no voltage supplied by alternator
- temperature of hydraulic oil too high
- "Stabilizers / levelling blade" raising and
lowering function is on
- severe faults have occurred in electronic
control module
- emergency operation has been acti-
vated
Single warning tone signal, when:
- the self-test of the electronic control
module is in progress after "Ignition on"
- the return-flow filters of the hydraulic
system are contaminated
- the machine has been switched over
from stick function to levelling blade /
stabilizers
- for the purpose of follow-up maneuvers
during hammer operations, the machine
is temporarily switched back to adjusting
cylinder by means of the pedal
- faults in the electronic control unit have
occurred that do not constitute a severe
threat to the safety of the operator and
of the machine
Further short acoustic warning signals:
- triple tone in the event of operating er-
rors
- double tone on switching over to forward
travel
- single tone on switching over to reverse
travel
- prolonged single tone when travel direc-
tion is shifted to neutral
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
2 - 30 MACHINE STRUCTURE WX210 - WX240
Fig. 1 Î
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 MACHINE STRUCTURE 2 - 31
Page 1 of 2
No. Designation Function
60 Steering coulmn Transfer of steering movement to steered axle
and steering wheel
61 Pedal Travelling Control of machine travel
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
2 - 32 MACHINE STRUCTURE WX210 - WX240
Fig. 2 Î
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 MACHINE STRUCTURE 2 - 33
Page 2 of 2
No. Designation Function
72 Safety lever Electro-hydraulic Pull up -
pilot control Electro-hydraulic pilot control OFF
Push down -
Electro-hydraulic pilot control ON
(see: "Switching on the pilot control")
73 Pushbutton Power-Boost Brief working with increased engine speed and higher
pressure.
(see: "Power-Boost, function")
74 Pushbutton Switches over between "Stick" and "Stabilizers / level-
ling blade". The buzzer sounds when the "Stabilizers /
levelling blade" function is activated.
75 Pushbutton Hydraulic hammer Activation of hydraulic hammer
(optional equip-
ment)
76 Pushbutton Grab rotation / Selects sense of grab rotation: to the left
Adjustable upper (with option "Upper boom section shift operation": slew
boom section (op- to the left
tional equipment)
77 Pedal Examples:
(for equipment - with upper boom section shifting equipment
options) in / out of shifting cylinder
- with hydraulic hammers:
hammer operation
- with hydraulic rotary cutters
rotary cutter operation
- with hydraulic shears
hydraulic shears operation
78 Foot-rest
79 Lever Steering column Locks up the steering column in the desired inclination:
lock push down - steering column can be adjusted.
release lever - steering column locked
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
2 - 34 MACHINE STRUCTURE WX210 - WX240
Fig. 1 Î
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 MACHINE STRUCTURE 2 - 35
Page 1 of 5
No. Designation Function Symbol
101 Pilot lamp Travel direction Lights up when forward travel is
indicator active
(see No. 65 in "Control elements")
102 Pilot lamp Travel direction Lights up when turn signal left
indicator (No. 41 in "Switches/Keys") is
activated
103 Pilot lamp Preheating Lit up during the preheating cycle
(preheating timer active)
104 Pilot lamp Main beam Lit up blue when the headlamps
are on main beam (No. 43 in
"Switches/Keys" is on)
105 Pilot lamp Superstructure Lit up when the superstructure
holding brake holding brake (No. 17) is activated
106 Pilot lamp Travel direction Lights up when turn signal right
indicator (No. 42 in "Switches/Keys") is
activated
107 Pilot lamp Travel direction Lights up when reverse travel is
indicator active
(see No. 66 in "Control elements")
108a Multifunction dis- Time/ operating Time of day in hours and minutes
play hours / fuel re- / display of machine operating
serve hours / fuel reserve.
Fuel level above horizontal line =
OK
Fuel level below horizontal line =
fill up fuel tank
108b Multifunction dis- Time / engine Time of day in hours and minutes
play power level / graphic display of respective
engine power level.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
2 - 36 MACHINE STRUCTURE WX210 - WX240
Fig. 2 Î
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 MACHINE STRUCTURE 2 - 37
Page 2 of 5
No. Designation Function Symbol
108d Multifunction dis- Code Input of secret code number for
play electronic immobilizer.
(See: "Immobilizer, entering the
code")
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
2 - 38 MACHINE STRUCTURE WX210 - WX240
Fig. 3 Î
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 MACHINE STRUCTURE 2 - 39
Page 3 of 5
No. Designation Function Symbol
108i Multifunction dis- Tester Monitoring and display of proc-
play ess data and settings / operating
status.
This menu is reserved for our
Service Dept. and not accessible
in normal machine operation.
108j Multifunction dis- Service - Display of operating hours (in
play detail)
Display - Display and setting of servicing
intervals
- Calibration of proportional
valves and control valves (con-
trol levers), pumps and speed-
ometer
- Fault treatment
- fault recording
- fault details
- fault reset (erasing)
This menu is reserved for our
Service Dept. and not accessible
in normal machine operation.
108 Multifunction dis- Fault memory Fault memory
k play
- Faults occurred are stored in
detail for the individual elec-
tronic control units
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
2 - 40 MACHINE STRUCTURE WX210 - WX240
Fig. 4 Î
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 MACHINE STRUCTURE 2 - 41
Page 4 of 5
No. Designation Function Symbol
112 Warning lamp Fault message Lights up yellow in the event of
faults which are not safety- or
function-relevant.
When a yellow fault occurs, a
fault number is displayed and a
buzzer warning is sounded in
addition to the yellow warning
lamp lighting up.
If several yellow faults have oc-
curred, they are displayed one
after another at certain intervals.
Instantaneous calling is possible
by depressing the SET key.
The cause of the fault should be
rectified as soon as possible. In
most cases, the machine can
continue to be used with all its
functions.
(See: "Fault codes")
Î
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
2 - 42 MACHINE STRUCTURE WX210 - WX240
Fig. 5 Î
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 MACHINE STRUCTURE 2 - 43
Page 5 of 5
No. Designation Function Symbol
113 Warning lamp Fault message Lights up red, when the safety of
persons (e.g. safety lever defec-
tive, overload warning) and the
functioning of main assemblies of
the machine is endangered.
This is the case, for instance,
when there is no engine oil pres-
sure or when the admissible load
moment is being exceeded (with
overload warning option) and
when pressure-relief valves
open.
When a red fault occurs, a fault
number is displayed and an in-
termittent buzzer warning is
sounded in addition to the red
warning lamp lighting up.
In some fault cases, certain ma-
chine functions are deactivated
or can be switched over to emer-
gency operation.
There is also the possibilty of
several faults being indicated at
the same time. If 2 red faults
occur, both are indicated. If a
yellow and red fault occur at the
same time, only the red fault will
be indicated. After removal of the
cause of the red fault, the yellow
fault is indicated.
(See: "Fault codes")
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
2 - 44 MACHINE STRUCTURE WX210 - WX240
4100772
Fig. 1
Legend
1 Superstructure frame 5 Hydraulic tank
2 Counterweight 6 Control block
3 Diesel engine 7 Combined radiator
4 Fuel tank 8 Ball-mounted slewing ring
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 MACHINE STRUCTURE 2 - 45
2987439.000
Fig. 2
Legend
1 Diesel engine 4 Air filter
2 Combined radiator 5 Exhaust system
3 Coolant expansion tank 6 Engine bearing
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
2 - 46 MACHINE STRUCTURE WX210 - WX240
1
2
Fig. 3
Legend
1 Hydraulic tank 4 Operating elements
2 Control block 5 Slewing gearbox
3 Servo control unit 6 Hydraulic rotor
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 MACHINE STRUCTURE 2 - 47
2987437.000
Fig. 4
Legend
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
2 - 48 MACHINE STRUCTURE WX210 - WX240
4
1
3
Fig. 5
Fig. 7
Fig. 6
Legend
4 Rotor, hydraulic and electrical
1 Undercarriage frame
5 Ball-mounted slewing ring
2 Support
6 Control block
3 Floating axle support
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
Service manual
Section 3 Electrical System
WX210 - WX240
9-91270
3-2 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM WX210 - WX240
The data contained in this handbook were valid at the time of publication. As we constantly
endeavour to improve our products and to provide additional options, modifications or
changes made in this context may have an impact on the procedures described in this
handbook. Please contact your local dealer if you find any discrepancies.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 3-3
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
3-4 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM WX210 - WX240
Table of contents
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM.................................................................................. 6
Control ............................................................................................................................................. 6
Introduction .................................................................................................................................................... 6
Fuses................................................................................................................................................ 8
Checking / replacing the fuses....................................................................................................................... 8
Table of fuses............................................................................................................................................... 10
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 3-5
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
3-6 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM WX210 - WX240
Control
Introduction
The description of the machine control is divided
into 3 parts:
- Automotive electrical system
- Electronic systems with
the central electronic unit,
the electro-hydraulic pilot control and
the electronic load-limit regulation.
- Hydraulic system described according to the
power flow in the machine and the individual
functions and combined functions.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 3-7
Fundamental notions
See Technical Handbook "Fundamentals of elec-
trical engineering" in the Annex.
Part number: 2440049.00
Cable harnesses
Cable harnesses are described in the spare-parts
lists from assembly no.
32,000 onwards.
A code number found in the electrical circuit dia-
gram can be looked up in the table "Electrical com-
ponents by code numbers" with reference to the
corresponding spare-parts sheet for ordering pur-
poses.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
3-8 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM WX210 - WX240
Fuses 10000336-en
Fig. 3
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 3-9
Fig. 4
Location of fuses and modules in the cab and in the engine compartment, legend of Fig. 4:
1 Fuel tank 8 Grid-Heater fuse
2 Hydraulic oil reservoir 9 Batteries
3 Hydraulic pumps 10 Fuse-box 2, driver's cab
4 Engine 11 Fuse-box 1, driver's cab
5 Counterweight 12 Driver's seat
6 Combined radiator 13 Driver's cab
7 Starter
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
3 - 10 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM WX210 - WX240
Pedestal (Fuse box on the right behind the driver's seat, Fig. 1)
FA.1 5A Power relay (main switch function), central electronics,
Restraining coil engine stop magnet
FA.2 5A Start relay, option: Grid-Heater-Controller
FA.3 - - not used -
FA.4 2A ESX ground for sensors
FA.5 15 A Option: refuelling system
FA.6 5A Safety switch electro-hydraulic pilot control,
Relay for power supply of central unit,
Pilot control working system pressure switch, pilot control travelling pressure switch
FA.7 5A Power supply PCS 1)-Box,
FA.8 5A Parking brake switch, brake pressure switch (stop-light),
Alternator (exciter voltage)
FA.9 10 A Option: driver's seat compressor, auxiliary heating timer
FA.10 5A Option: stabilizers / levelling blade
FA.11 10 A Main beam via relay
FA.12 1A Power supply for joystick left and right
FA.13 2A Power supply (ESX) 2)
FA.14 30 A Power supply (ESX)
FA.15 1A Power supply for travel pedal and keyboard module on steering wheel
FA.16 5A Option: Power supply for greasing pump
FA.17 15 A Option: auxiliary heating
FA.18 5A Option: auxiliary heating
FA.19 7.5 A Option: blower stage 1 for auxiliary heating
FA.20 - - not used -
FA.21 5A Option: heating filter relay, Grid-Heater-Controller
FA.22 30 A Option: heating filter
FA.23 25 A Stop magnet energizing coil
FA.24 5A Diagnosis socket CAN1 and CAN2 3)
FA.25 10 A 24V/12V voltage converter supply
Radio and socket, Option: conditioner actuator (electrically operated flap for switch-
ing between recirculated and fresh air)
FA.26 2A Relay for cab interior lighting
FA.27 2A Power relay (main switch function)
FA.28 15 A to ignition/starter switch
FA.29 5A Hazard warning signal switch
Î
1)
PCS: Power Contol System
2)
ESX : Electro-hydraulic Controller
3)
CAN: Acronym for Control Area Network (2-wire bus)
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 3 - 11
Pedestal (Fuse box on the right behind the driver's seat, Fig. 1)
FA.30 15 A Blower / air conditioner compressor
FA.31 - - not used -
FA.32 - - not used -
Driver's cab (fuse-box on the right beside the driver's seat, Fig. 2)
FB.1 10 A Option: rotary beacon
FB.2 10 A Option: floodlamp at the rear of driver's cab
FB.3 10 A Floodlamp in front of driver's cab
FB.4 10 A Wiper motor and wash pump
FB.5 5A Cab interior lighting
FB.6 7.5 A 24V/12V voltage converter supply for radio and socket
FB.7 2A Power supply for display and keyboard modules in cab
FB.8 5A Option: frequency switching solenoid
FB.9 5A Illumination of switches
FB.10 - not used -
FB.11 - not used -
FB.12 - not used -
FB.13 - not used -
FB.14 - not used -
FB.15 - not used -
FB.16 - not used -
Engine compartment
F 20 125 A Grid-Heater
Fig. 1 Fig. 2
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
3 - 12 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM WX210 - WX240
- Table of contents
- Power supply, starter/engine
- Grid Heater / Filter Heater
- Sensor power supply
- Tank sensor / refuelling system
- Pilot control shutoff
- PCS
- Switches
- Speed adjusting motor
- Power supply -CU-
- Driver's cab, voltage converter
- Driver's cab, wiper and washer
- Driver's cab
- Steering column lever switch
- Inching Function
- Lighting
- Speedometer - creep speed
- Valves - air filter control
- Service and parking brakes
- 1st + 2nd Gear - Floating axle
- Blower and air conditioner
- Auxiliary heating (option)
- Hammer / shears frequency (option)
- Stabilizers / levelling blade (option)
- ESX: power supply
- ESX: CAN1, CAN2, diagnosis
- ESX: coding
- ESX: valve control
- ESX - PCS: valve control
- ESX: valve stacking
- ESX: slewing initiator
- ESX: pressure sensors
- CAN-BUS power supply, overview
- Fuses, overview
- Ground points on the machine, overview
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 3 - 13
Fig. 1
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
3 - 14 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM WX210 - WX240
Fig. 2
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 3 - 15
Fig. 3
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
3 - 16 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM WX210 - WX240
Fig. 4
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 3 - 17
Fig. 5
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
3 - 18 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM WX210 - WX240
Fig. 6
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 3 - 19
Fig. 7
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
3 - 20 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM WX210 - WX240
PCS 40000499-en
Fig. 8
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 3 - 21
Switches S0000500-en
Fig. 9
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
3 - 22 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM WX210 - WX240
Fig. 10
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 3 - 23
Fig. 11
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
3 - 24 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM WX210 - WX240
Fig. 12
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 3 - 25
Fig. 13
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
3 - 26 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM WX210 - WX240
Fig. 14
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 3 - 27
Fig. 15
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
3 - 28 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM WX210 - WX240
Fig. 16
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 3 - 29
Fig. 17
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
3 - 30 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM WX210 - WX240
Fig. 18
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 3 - 31
Inching Function
Fig. 19
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
3 - 32 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM WX210 - WX240
Lighting S0000510-en
Fig. 20
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 3 - 33
Lighting S0000511-en
Fig. 21
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
3 - 34 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM WX210 - WX240
Lighting
Fig. 22
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 3 - 35
Fig. 23
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
3 - 36 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM WX210 - WX240
Fig. 24
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 3 - 37
Fig. 25
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
3 - 38 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM WX210 - WX240
Fig. 26
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 3 - 39
Fig. 27
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
3 - 40 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM WX210 - WX240
Fig. 28
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 3 - 41
Fig. 29
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
3 - 42 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM WX210 - WX240
Fig. 30
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 3 - 43
Fig. 31
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
3 - 44 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM WX210 - WX240
Fig. 32
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 3 - 45
Fig. 33
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
3 - 46 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM WX210 - WX240
Fig. 34
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 3 - 47
Fig. 35
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
3 - 48 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM WX210 - WX240
Fig. 36
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 3 - 49
Fig. 37
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
3 - 50 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM WX210 - WX240
Fig. 38
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 3 - 51
Fig. 39
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
3 - 52 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM WX210 - WX240
Fig. 40
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 3 - 53
Fig. 41
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
3 - 54 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM WX210 - WX240
Fig. 42
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 3 - 55
- Hammer equipment
- Shears equipment
- Cutter equipment
- Hammer / shears equipment
- Hammer / cutter equipment
- Hears / cutter equipment
- Hammer / shears / cutter equipment
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
3 - 56 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM WX210 - WX240
Fig. 1
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 3 - 57
Fig. 2
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
3 - 58 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM WX210 - WX240
Fig. 3
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 3 - 59
Fig. 4
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
3 - 60 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM WX210 - WX240
Fig. 5
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 3 - 61
Fig. 6
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
3 - 62 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM WX210 - WX240
Fig. 7
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 3 - 63
Electrical system and central electronics (behind the driver's seat) and layout of electrical components such
as fuses, diagnosis sockets, relays, diodes, connectors and terminals
Fig. 1
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
3 - 64 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM WX210 - WX240
Fig. 2
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 3 - 65
Fig. 3
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
3 - 66 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM WX210 - WX240
Fig. 4
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 3 - 67
Fig. 5
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
3 - 68 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM WX210 - WX240
Fig. 6
Fig. 7
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 3 - 69
B116 THERMOSTAT VORWÄRMUNG KRAFT- THERMOSTAT VORWÄRMUNG 32 253 KABELBAUM MOTOR CABLE HARNESS MOTOR
STOFF
THERMOSTAT VORWÄRMUNG KRAFT- THERMOSTAT VORWÄRMUNG 95 246 KRAFTSTOFFFILTER FUEL FILTER MOUNTING
STOFF ANBAUTEILE PARTS
b13.1 KUEHLWASSERTEMP.-GEBER COOLING-WATER TEMPERATURE 95 475 THERMOSTAT THERMOSTAT
SENSOR
KUEHLWASSERTEMP.-GEBER COOLING-WATER TEMPERATURE 32 253 KABELBAUM MOTOR CABLE HARNESS MOTOR
SENSOR
b2 TANKSENSOR TANK SENSOR 10 202 KRAFTSTOFFTANK FUEL TANK
B210 DRUCKGEBER HAUPTPUMPE 2 PRESSURE SENSOR - MAINPUMP 2 32 113 KABELBAUM OBERWAGEN CABLE HARNESS UPPER
CARRIAGE
B211 DRUCKGEBER HAUPTPUMPE 1 PRESSURE SENSOR - MAINPUMP 1 32 113 KABELBAUM OBERWAGEN CABLE HARNESS UPPER
CARRIAGE
B212 DRUCKGEBER SCHWENKPUMPE PRESSURE SENSOR - SWING PUMP 32 113 KABELBAUM OBERWAGEN CABLE HARNESS UPPER
CARRIAGE
b213 WINKELGEBER SCHWENKPUMPE ANGEL TRANSMITTER - SWING PUMP 22 030 SCHWENKPUMPE SWING PUMP
WINKELGEBER SCHWENKPUMPE ANGEL TRANSMITTER - SWING PUMP 32 113 KABELBAUM OBERWAGEN CABLE HARNESS UPPER
CARRIAGE
B239 DRUCKSENSOR SENSOR LOAD 32 113 KABELBAUM OBERWAGEN CABLE HARNESS UPPER
CARRIAGE
Î
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
3 - 70 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM WX210 - WX240
B7 DREHZAHLGEBER GETRIEBESCHAL- REV. TRANSMITTER ACUTUATING 20 020 HYDRAULIKANLAGE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM LOWER
TUNG ELEMENT UNTERWAGEN CARRIAGE
DREHZAHLGEBER GETRIEBESCHAL- REV. TRANSMITTER ACUTUATING 32 123 KABELBAUM UNTER- CABLE HARNESS LOWER
TUNG ELEMENT WAGEN CARRIAGE
B74 DRUCKGEBER AUSLEGER KOL- PRESSURE SENSOR - BOOM PISTON 32 113 KABELBAUM OBERWAGEN CABLE HARNESS UPPER
BENFLAECHE SIDE CARRIAGE
e1 SCHEINWERFER LINKS LH HEADLIGHT 32 201 BELEUCHTUNG FRONT ILLUMINATION FRONT MOUN-
ANBAUTEILE TING PARTS
e12.1 KENNZEICHENLEUCHTE LINKS NUMBER PLATE LIGHT, LEFT
e1e1 GLUEHLAMPE FAHRLICHT BULB, HEADLIGHT 32 201 BELEUCHTUNG FRONT ILLUMINATION FRONT MOUN-
ANBAUTEILE TING PARTS
e1e2 GLUEHLAMPE STANDLICHT LAMP - PARKING LIGHT 32 201 BELEUCHTUNG FRONT ILLUMINATION FRONT MOUN-
ANBAUTEILE TING PARTS
e2 SCHEINWERFER RECHTS RH HEADLIGHT 32 201 BELEUCHTUNG FRONT ILLUMINATION FRONT MOUNT-
ANBAUTEILE ING PARTS
e22.1 BLINKLEUCHTE VORNE LINKS TURN SIGNAL FRONT LEFT
e8 BLINKLEUCHTE RECHTS BLINKER RIGHT 32 860 BLINKLEUCHTE EINBAU TURN SIGNAL LIGHT IN-
STALL.MATERIAL
e9 INNENLEUCHTE INTERIOR LIGHT 32 510 KABELBAUM FAHRERHAUS CABLE HARNESS OPERATORS
CAB
esx HAUPT-STEUERGERAET ELEKTRO- MAIN CONTROLLER ELECTRIC- 34 101 PODESTPLATTE ANBAU- PLATFORM PLATE MOUNTING
HYDRAULIK HYDRAULIC TEILE PARTS
ESX- GEHAEUSEMASSE HOUSING EARTH 32 113 KABELBAUM OBERWAGEN CABLE HARNESS UPPER
GehM CARRIAGE
f20 SICHERUNG: KALTSTARTANLAGE FUSE: COLD STARTING SYSTEM
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 3 - 71
k1.7 RELAIS KALTSTARTANLAGE RELAY COLD STARTING SYSTEM 13 011 MOTOR ANBAUTEILE MOTOR MOUNTING PARTS
RELAIS KALTSTARTANLAGE RELAY COLD STARTING SYSTEM 32 253 KABELBAUM MOTOR CABLE HARNESS MOTOR
k10.1 HAUPTLEISTUNGSRELAIS MAIN POWER RELAY 32 253 KABELBAUM MOTOR CABLE HARNESS MOTOR
K100 RELAIS SPANNUNGSVERSORGUNG RELAY POWER SUPPLY CENTRAL 32 153 KABELBAUM ZENTRAL- CABLE HARNESS CENTRAL
CENTRAL UNIT UNIT ELEKTRONIK ELECTRONIC
K20.3 RELAIS FILTER HEATER RELAY FILTER HEATER 32 153 KABELBAUM ZENTRAL- CABLE HARNESS CENTRAL
ELEKTRONIK ELECTRONIC
K20.4 RELAIS FILTER HEATER RELAY FILTER HEATER 32 153 KABELBAUM ZENTRAL- CABLE HARNESS CENTRAL
ELEKTRONIK ELECTRONIC
K202.A FREIGABE ABSTUETZUNG RELAY-STABILIZER ENABLE 32 153 KABELBAUM ZENTRAL- CABLE HARNESS CENTRAL
ELEKTRONIK ELECTRONIC
K202.B FREIGABE ABSTUETZUNG RELAY-STABILIZER ENABLE 32 153 KABELBAUM ZEN- CABLE HARNESS CENTRAL
TRALELEKTRONIK ELECTRONIC
K31 RELAIS STANDHEIZUNG AUXILIARA HEATING RELAY 32 153 KABELBAUM ZEN- CABLE HARNESS CENTRAL
TRALELEKTRONIK ELECTRONIC
K33 RELAIS SPANNUNGSWANDLER RELAY - VOLTAGE CONVERTER 32 153 KABELBAUM ZENTRAL- CABLE HARNESS CENTRAL
ELEKTRONIK ELECTRONIC
K5.1 RELAIS AUFBLENDLICHT RELAY - TRAVELLING LIGHT 32 153 KABELBAUM ZENTRAL- CABLE HARNESS CENTRAL
ELEKTRONIK ELECTRONIC
k67 RELAIS BETANKUNGSANLAGE RELAY FUELLING SYSTEM
M10 DREHZAHLVERSTELLMOTOR SPEED ADJUSTING ACTUATOR 32 253 KABELBAUM MOTOR CABLE HARNESS MOTOR
DREHZAHLVERSTELLMOTOR SPEED ADJUSTING ACTUATOR 13 110 VERSTELLUNG MOTOR REGULATION MOTOR SPEED
DREHZAHL
m2 GEBLAESE FAN 27 012 HEIZUNG HEATING
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
3 - 72 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM WX210 - WX240
R10.3 TEMPERATURFUEHLER LADELUFT CHARGE AIR TEMP.SENSOR 32 253 KABELBAUM MOTOR CABLE HARNESS MOTOR
TEMPERATURFUEHLER LADELUFT CHARGE AIR TEMP.SENSOR 13 011 MOTOR ANBAUTEILE MOTOR MOUNTING PARTS
R14 TEMPERATURFUEHLER HYDRAULIKOEL TEMPERATURE PROBE - HYDRAULIC 32 113 KABELBAUM OBERWAGEN CABLE HARNESS UPPER
OIL CARRIAGE
TEMPERATURFUEHLER HYDRAULIKOEL TEMPERATURE PROBE - HYDRAULIC 10 102 HYDRAULIKTANK HYD. OIL TANK
OIL
R17 HEIZWIDERSTAND VORWAERMUNG HEATING RESISTOR PREHEATING 32 253 KABELBAUM MOTOR CABLE HARNESS MOTOR
LADELUFT CHARGE AIR
HEIZWIDERSTAND VORWAERMUNG HEATING RESISTOR PREHEATING 95 380 ANSAUGLEITUNG ANBAU- INLET PIPE MOUNTING PARTS
LADELUFT CHARGE AIR TEILE
r19 KRAFTSTOFFVORWÄRMUNG FUEL PREHEATING 95 246 KRAFTSTOFFFILTER FUEL FILTER MOUNTING
ANBAUTEILE PARTS
KRAFTSTOFFVORWÄRMUNG FUEL PREHEATING 32 253 KABELBAUM MOTOR CABLE HARNESS MOTOR
S113 ENDTASTER ABSCHALTUNG VORSTEU- LIMIT SWITCH PILOT PRESSURE CUT- 32 413 KABELBAUM KONSOLE CABLE HARNESS BRACKET
ERDRUCK OFF
ENDTASTER ABSCHALTUNG VORSTEU- LIMIT SWITCH PILOT PRESSURE CUT- 34 141 KONSOLE ANBAUTEILE BRACKET MOUNTING PARTS
ERDRUCK OFF
s113.4 DRUCKSCHALTER UEBERWACHUNG PRESSURE SWITCH - PILOT PRES- 23 240 VENTILVERKETTUNG VALVE INTERCONN. IN-
VORSTEUERDRUCK SURE MONITOR EINBAU STALL.MATERIAL
DRUCKSCHALTER UEBERWACHUNG PRESSURE SWITCH - PILOT PRES- 32 113 KABELBAUM OBERWAGEN CABLE HARNESS UPPER
VORSTEUERDRUCK SURE MONITOR CARRIAGE
S12 OELDRUCKSCHALTER OIL PRESSURE SWITCH 32 253 KABELBAUM MOTOR CABLE HARNESS MOTOR
OELDRUCKSCHALTER OIL PRESSURE SWITCH 95 414 OELMESSTAB ANBAUTEILE DIPSTICK MOUNTING PARTS
S15 FILTERSCHALTER HYDRAULIK FILTER SWITCH 32 113 KABELBAUM OBERWAGEN CABLE HARNESS UPPER
CARRIAGE
FILTERSCHALTER HYDRAULIK FILTER SWITCH 10 102 HYDRAULIKTANK HYD. OIL TANK
s15.1 SCHALTER LUFTFILTERVERSCHMUT- SWITCH - AIR FILTER CONTAMINATED 13 230 ANSAUGANLAGE EINBAU INTAKE SYSTEM IN-
ZUNG STALL.MATERIAL
SCHALTER LUFTFILTERVERSCHMUT- SWITCH - AIR FILTER CONTAMINATED 32 253 KABELBAUM MOTOR CABLE HARNESS MOTOR
ZUNG
S16 HANDBREMSSCHALTER HANDBRAKE SWITCH 32 413 KABELBAUM KONSOLE CABLE HARNESS BRACKET
HANDBREMSSCHALTER HANDBRAKE SWITCH 34 141 KONSOLE ANBAUTEILE BRACKET MOUNTING PARTS
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 3 - 73
V67.1 ENTKOPPELDIODE RELEASING DIODE 32 153 KABELBAUM ZENTRAL- CABLE HARNESS CENTRAL
ELEKTRONIK ELECTRONIC
V67.2 ENTKOPPELDIODE RELEASING DIODE
w16 VERBINDUNGSKABEL BATTERIEN CABLE BATTERY 32 173 KABELBAUM BATTERIE CABLE HARNESS BATTERY
w17 MASSEKABEL PODEST PLATFORM EARTH CABLE 32 110 ELEKTROANLAGE RAHMEN ELECTRICAL SYSTEM FRAME
OBERWAGEN UPPER CARRIAGE
w22 MASSEBAND BATTERIEN BATTERY EARTH 32 173 KABELBAUM BATTERIE CABLE HARNESS BATTERY
w23 MASSEBAND MOTOR ENGINE EARTH 32 110 ELEKTROANLAGE RAHMEN ELECTRICAL SYSTEM FRAME
OBERWAGEN UPPER CARRIAGE
X10 B+ VERTEILER B+ DISTRIBUTOR 32 153 KABELBAUM ZENTRAL- CABLE HARNESS CENTRAL
ELEKTRONIK ELECTRONIC
X100B STECKVERBINDUNG MOTOR PLUG/SOCKET MOTOR 32 253 KABELBAUM MOTOR CABLE HARNESS MOTOR
X103 STECKVERBINDUNG PLUG/SOCKET 32 113 KABELBAUM OBERWAGEN CABLE HARNESS UPPER
CARRIAGE
STECKVERBINDUNG PLUG/SOCKET 32 463 KABELBAUM LENKSTOCK- CABLE HARNESS SWITCH
SCHALTER
x103.1 STECKVERBINDUNG LENKSTOCK- PLUG/SOCKET DIRECTION SWITCH 32 463 KABELBAUM LENKSTOCK- CABLE HARNESS SWITCH
SCHALTER SCHALTER
STECKVERBINDUNG LENKSTOCK- PLUG/SOCKET DIRECTION SWITCH 32 113 KABELBAUM OBERWAGEN CABLE HARNESS UPPER
SCHALTER CARRIAGE
x110 STECKVERBINDUNG FAHRERSITZ PLUG/SOCKET OPERATORS SEAT 32 413 KABELBAUM KONSOLE CABLE HARNESS BRACKET
X12.31 MASSEVERBINDUNG FAHRERHAUS EARTH CAB
X12A STECKVERBINDUNG FAHRERHAUS PLUG/SOCKET CAB 32 153 KABELBAUM ZENTRAL- CABLE HARNESS CENTRAL
ELEKTRONIK ELECTRONIC
STECKVERBINDUNG FAHRERHAUS PLUG/SOCKET CAB 32 510 KABELBAUM FAHRERHAUS CABLE HARNESS OPERATORS
CAB
X12B STECKVERBINDUNG FAHRERHAUS PLUG/SOCKET CAB 32 153 KABELBAUM ZENTRAL- CABLE HARNESS CENTRAL
ELEKTRONIK ELECTRONIC
STECKVERBINDUNG FAHRERHAUS PLUG/SOCKET CAB 32 510 KABELBAUM FAHRERHAUS CABLE HARNESS OPERATORS
CAB
X12CAN STECKVERBINDUNG FAHRERHAUS PLUG/SOCKET CAB 32 153 KABELBAUM ZENTRAL- CABLE HARNESS CENTRAL
ELEKTRONIK ELECTRONIC
X201 STECKVERBINDUNG FAHREN PLUG/SOCKET TRAVEL 32 153 KABELBAUM ZENTRAL- CABLE HARNESS CENTRAL
ELEKTRONIK ELECTRONIC
X30.2 B+ VERTEILER B+ DISTRIBUTOR 32 153 KABELBAUM ZENTRAL- CABLE HARNESS CENTRAL
ELEKTRONIK ELECTRONIC
X30.CU B+ VERTEILER B+ DISTRIBUTOR 32 153 KABELBAUM ZENTRAL- CABLE HARNESS CENTRAL
ELEKTRONIK ELECTRONIC
x305 STECKVERBINDUNG DISPLAY PLUG/SOCKET DISPLAY 32 510 KABELBAUM FAHRERHAUS CABLE HARNESS OPERATORS
CAB
x306 STECKVERBINDUNG DISPLAY PLUG/SOCKET DISPLAY 32 510 KABELBAUM FAHRERHAUS CABLE HARNESS OPERATORS
CAB
x307 STECKVERBINDUNG DISPLAY PLUG/SOCKET DISPLAY 32 510 KABELBAUM FAHRERHAUS CABLE HARNESS OPERATORS
CAB
X31 MASSESTERN FLAT-PIN PLUG 32 113 KABELBAUM OBERWAGEN CABLE HARNESS UPPER
CARRIAGE
MASSESTERN FLAT-PIN PLUG 32 113 KABELBAUM OBERWAGEN CABLE HARNESS UPPER
CARRIAGE
MASSESTERN FLAT-PIN PLUG 32 113 KABELBAUM OBERWAGEN CABLE HARNESS UPPER
CARRIAGE
X31.0 MASSEVERBINDUNG OBERWAGEN EARTH UPPERCARRIAGE 32 253 KABELBAUM MOTOR CABLE HARNESS MOTOR
X31.FH MASSEVERBINDUNG FAHRERHAUS EARTH CAB 32 153 KABELBAUM ZENTRAL- CABLE HARNESS CENTRAL
ELEKTRONIK ELECTRONIC
X31.P MASSEVERBINDUNG PODESTPLATTE EARTH PLATFORM 32 153 KABELBAUM ZENTRAL- CABLE HARNESS CENTRAL
ELEKTRONIK ELECTRONIC
x31.u MASSEVERBINDUNG UNTERWAGEN EARTH UNDERCARRIAGE 32 123 KABELBAUM UNTERWA- CABLE HARNESS LOWER
GEN CARRIAGE
x31.u1 MASSEVERBINDUNG UNTERWAGEN EARTH UNDERCARRIAGE 32 123 KABELBAUM UNTERWA- CABLE HARNESS LOWER
GEN CARRIAGE
x31a
x33.6 STECKDOSE 12V SOCKET 12V 32 510 KABELBAUM FAHRERHAUS CABLE HARNESS OPERATORS
CAB
Î
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
3 - 74 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM WX210 - WX240
X33C STECKVERBINDUNG MH-FUNKTION PLUG/SOCKET WHEELED HYDRAULIC - 32 113 KABELBAUM OBERWAGEN CABLE HARNESS UPPER
FUNTION CARRIAGE
STECKVERBINDUNG MH-FUNKTION PLUG/SOCKET WHEELED HYDRAULIC - 32 153 KABELBAUM ZENTRAL- CABLE HARNESS CENTRAL
FUNTION ELEKTRONIK ELECTRONIC
X33D STECKVERBINDUNG ESX PLUG/SOCKET ESX 32 153 KABELBAUM ZENTRAL- CABLE HARNESS CENTRAL
ELEKTRONIK ELECTRONIC
STECKVERBINDUNG ESX PLUG/SOCKET ESX 32 113 KABELBAUM OBERWAGEN CABLE HARNESS UPPER
CARRIAGE
X33E STECKVERBINDUNG ESX PLUG/SOCKET ESX 32 113 KABELBAUM OBERWAGEN CABLE HARNESS UPPER
CARRIAGE
STECKVERBINDUNG ESX PLUG/SOCKET ESX 32 153 KABELBAUM ZEN- CABLE HARNESS CENTRAL
TRALELEKTRONIK ELECTRONIC
X33P STECKVERBINDUNG EINSPEISUNG PLUG/SOCKET INCOMING SUPPLY 32 153 KABELBAUM ZENTRAL- CABLE HARNESS CENTRAL
FAHRERHAUS ELEKTRONIK ELECTRONIC
STECKVERBINDUNG EINSPEISUNG PLUG/SOCKET INCOMING SUPPLY 32 253 KABELBAUM MOTOR CABLE HARNESS MOTOR
FAHRERHAUS
X3A STECKVERBINDUNG PLUG/SOCKET 32 153 KABELBAUM ZENTRAL- CABLE HARNESS CENTRAL
ELEKTRONIK ELECTRONIC
x46 STECKDOSE BEGRENZUNGSLEUCHTEN SOCKET POSITION LAMP 32 110 ELEKTROANLAGE RAHMEN ELECTRICAL SYSTEM FRAME
OBERWAGEN UPPER CARRIAGE
X48.1 STECKVERBINDUNG SEITENKONSOLE PLUG/SOCKET SIDE BRACKET LEFT 32 413 KABELBAUM KONSOLE CABLE HARNESS BRACKET
LINKS
STECKVERBINDUNG SEITENKONSOLE PLUG/SOCKET SIDE BRACKET LEFT 32 153 KABELBAUM ZENTRAL- CABLE HARNESS CENTRAL
LINKS ELEKTRONIK ELECTRONIC
x501 STECKVERBINDUNG TASTATUR-MODUL PLUG/SOCKET KEYBOARD-MODUL 1
1
x502 STECKVERBINDUNG TASTATUR-MODUL PLUG/SOCKET KEYBOARD-MODUL 2
2
x503 STECKVERBINDUNG TASTATUR-MODUL PLUG/SOCKET KEYBOARD-MODUL 3 32 463 KABELBAUM LENKSTOCK- CABLE HARNESS SWITCH
3 SCHALTER
X52.1 STECKVERBINDUNG SCHMIERANLAGE PLUG/SOCKET LUBRICATION 32 113 KABELBAUM OBERWAGEN CABLE HARNESS UPPER
CARRIAGE
X6.1 STECKVERBINDUNG PLUG/SOCKET 32 153 KABELBAUM ZENTRAL- CABLE HARNESS CENTRAL
ELEKTRONIK ELECTRONIC
X67.1 STECKVERBINDUNG BETANKUNGSAN- PLUG / SOCKET FILLING PUMP 32 113 KABELBAUM OBERWAGEN CABLE HARNESS UPPER
LAGE CARRIAGE
X72 STECKVERBINDUNG KLIMAANLAGE PLUG/SOCKET AIR CONDITION 32 153 KABELBAUM ZENTRAL- CABLE HARNESS CENTRAL
ELEKTRONIK ELECTRONIC
X72.1 STECKVERBINDUNG KLIMAANLAGE PLUG/SOCKET AIR CONDITION 32 253 KABELBAUM MOTOR CABLE HARNESS MOTOR
X82 STECKVERBINDUNG UNTERWAGEN PLUG/SOCKET UNDERCARRIAGE 32 123 KABELBAUM UNTER- CABLE HARNESS LOWER
WAGEN CARRIAGE
X82.1 STECKVERBINDUNG UNTERWAGEN PLUG/SOCKET UNDERCARRIAGE 32 123 KABELBAUM UNTER- CABLE HARNESS LOWER
WAGEN CARRIAGE
x90 STECKVERBINDUNG RADIO PLUG/SOCKET RADIO 32 510 KABELBAUM FAHRERHAUS CABLE HARNESS OPERATORS
CAB
x90.1 STECKVERBINDUNG RADIO LAUTSPRE- PLUG/SOCKET RADIO LOUDSPEAKER 32 510 KABELBAUM FAHRERHAUS CABLE HARNESS OPERATORS
CHER CAB
XA17 STECKVERBINDUNG GRID HEATER PLUG/SOCKET GRID HEATER CONT- 32 153 KABELBAUM ZENTRAL- CABLE HARNESS CENTRAL
CONTROLLER ROLLER ELEKTRONIK ELECTRONIC
XB2 STECKVERBINDUNG TANKSENSOR PLUG/SOCKET TANK SENSOR 32 113 KABELBAUM OBERWAGEN CABLE HARNESS UPPER
CARRIAGE
XB35.2 STECKVERBINDUNG DREHZAHLSENSOR PLUG/SOCKET SPEED SENSOR 32 113 KABELBAUM OBERWAGEN CABLE HARNESS UPPER
SCHWENKEN SLEWING-GEAR CARRIAGE
DREHZAHLSENSOR SCHWENKEN
STECKVERBINDUNG DREHZAHLSENSOR PLUG/SOCKET SPEED SENSOR 32 300 ELEKTROANLAGE GE- ELECTRICAL SYSTEM TRANS-
SCHWENKEN SLEWING-GEAR TRIEBE MISSION GEAR
DREHZAHLSENSOR SCHWENKEN
XC1 STECKVERBINDUNG ESX-CODIERUNG PLUG/SOCKET ESX-CODING 32 113 KABELBAUM OBERWAGEN CABLE HARNESS UPPER
CARRIAGE
XC16 STECKVERBINDUNG CODIERUNG- PLUG/SOCKET BRAKE-CODING 32 153 KABELBAUM ZENTRAL- CABLE HARNESS CENTRAL
BREMSE ELEKTRONIK ELECTRONIC
XC2 STECKVERBINDUNG ESX-CODIERUNG PLUG/SOCKET ESX-CODING 32 113 KABELBAUM OBERWAGEN CABLE HARNESS UPPER
CARRIAGE
XC3 STECKVERBINDUNG ESX-CODIERUNG PLUG/SOCKET ESX-CODING 32 113 KABELBAUM OBERWAGEN CABLE HARNESS UPPER
CARRIAGE
Xc5.1 STECKVERBINDUNG TASTATURMODUL # 32 510 KABELBAUM FAHRERHAUS CABLE HARNESS OPERATORS
CAB
xc5.2 STECKVERBINDUNG TASTATURMODUL # 32 510 KABELBAUM FAHRERHAUS CABLE HARNESS OPERATORS
CAB
xcan STECKVERBINDUNG CAN- PLUG/SOCKET CAN-COMMUNICATION 32 510 KABELBAUM FAHRERHAUS CABLE HARNESS OPERATORS
KOMMUNIKATION CAB
XCAN2.2 STECKVERBINDUNG CAN- PLUG/SOCKET CAN-COMMUNICATION 32 433 KABELBAUM PODEST CABLE HARNESS PLATFORM
KOMMUNIKATION
XCAN2.2 STECKVERBINDUNG CAN- PLUG/SOCKET CAN-COMMUNICATION 32 433 KABELBAUM PODEST CABLE HARNESS PLATFORM
A KOMMUNIKATION
xcan2.3 STECKVERBINDUNG CAN- PLUG/SOCKET CAN-COMMUNICATION 32 413 KABELBAUM KONSOLE CABLE HARNESS BRACKET
KOMMUNIKATION
STECKVERBINDUNG CAN- PLUG/SOCKET CAN-COMMUNICATION 32 153 KABELBAUM ZENTRAL- CABLE HARNESS CENTRAL
KOMMUNIKATION ELEKTRONIK ELECTRONIC
XE1 STECKVERBINDUNG SCHEINWERFER PLUG/SOCKET HEADLIGHT FRONT 32 113 KABELBAUM OBERWAGEN CABLE HARNESS UPPER
VORN LINKS LEFT CARRIAGE
XE12 STECKVERBINDUNG KENNZEICHEN- PLUG/SOCKET NUMBER PLATE LIGHT 32 113 KABELBAUM OBERWAGEN CABLE HARNESS UPPER
LEUCHTE CARRIAGE
XE2 STECKVERBINDUNG SCHEINWERFER PLUG/SOCKET HEADLIGHT RIGHT 32 113 KABELBAUM OBERWAGEN CABLE HARNESS UPPER
RECHTS CARRIAGE
XE2.1 32 113 KABELBAUM OBERWAGEN CABLE HARNESS UPPER
CARRIAGE
Î
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 3 - 75
XE23.1 STECKVERBINDUNG BLINKLEUCHTE PLUG/SOCKET TURN SIGNAL FRONT 32 113 KABELBAUM OBERWAGEN CABLE HARNESS UPPER
VORNE RECHTS RIGHT CARRIAGE
XE3 STECKVERBINDUNG ARBEITSSCHEIN- PLUG/SOCKET WORKINGLIGHT BOOM 32 113 KABELBAUM OBERWAGEN CABLE HARNESS UPPER
WERFER AUSLEGER CARRIAGE
XE32 STECKVERBINDUNG SCHLEIFRING- PLUG/SOCKET SLIP RING 32 113 KABELBAUM OBERWAGEN CABLE HARNESS UPPER
KOERPER CARRIAGE
XE5 STECKVERBINDUNG SCHLUSSLEUCHTE PLUG/SOCKET TAIL LIGHT LEFT 32 113 KABELBAUM OBERWAGEN CABLE HARNESS UPPER
LINKS CARRIAGE
XE5.5 STECKVERBINDUNG SCHLUSSLEUCHTE 32 113 KABELBAUM OBERWAGEN CABLE HARNESS UPPER
LINKS CARRIAGE
XE6 STECKVERBINDUNG SCHLUSSLEUCHTE PLUG/SOCKET TAIL LIGHT RIGHT 32 253 KABELBAUM MOTOR CABLE HARNESS MOTOR
RECHTS
xe7 STECKVERBINDUNG STANDLICHT LINKS PLUG/SOCKET PARKING LIGHT LEFT
SCHWEIZ SWISS
STECKVERBINDUNG STANDLICHT LINKS PLUG/SOCKET PARKING LIGHT LEFT 32 113 KABELBAUM OBERWAGEN CABLE HARNESS UPPER
SCHWEIZ SWISS CARRIAGE
XE8 STECKVERBINDUNG STANDLICHT PLUG/SOCKET PARKING LIGHT RIGHT 32 113 KABELBAUM OBERWAGEN CABLE HARNESS UPPER
RECHTS SCHWEIZ SWISS CARRIAGE
STECKVERBINDUNG STANDLICHT PLUG/SOCKET PARKING LIGHT RIGHT
RECHTS SCHWEIZ SWISS
XE8.1 32 113 KABELBAUM OBERWAGEN CABLE HARNESS UPPER
CARRIAGE
XESX STECKVERBINDUNG ESX # 32 113 KABELBAUM OBERWAGEN CABLE HARNESS UPPER
CARRIAGE
xg1
Y10 PROPORTIONALVENTIL PROPOTIONAL VALVE 32 113 KABELBAUM OBERWAGEN CABLE HARNESS UPPER
CARRIAGE
PROPORTIONALVENTIL PROPOTIONAL VALVE 23 242 VENTILVERKETTUNG VALVE INTERCONN.
Y113 MAGNETVENTIL VORSTEUERDRUCK SOLENOID FOR PILOT CONTROL 32 113 KABELBAUM OBERWAGEN CABLE HARNESS UPPER
PRESSURE CARRIAGE
MAGNETVENTIL VORSTEUERDRUCK SOLENOID FOR PILOT CONTROL 23 242 VENTILVERKETTUNG VALVE INTERCONN.
PRESSURE
Y131 MAGNETVENTIL OELKUEHLER SOLENOID FOR OIL COOLER 32 253 KABELBAUM MOTOR CABLE HARNESS MOTOR
Y16 MAGNETVENTIL FESTSTELLBREMSE SOLENOID - PARKING BRAKE 32 123 KABELBAUM UNTER- CABLE HARNESS LOWER
WAGEN CARRIAGE
MAGNETVENTIL FESTSTELLBREMSE SOLENOID - PARKING BRAKE 23 612 STEUERBLOCK CONTROL BLOCK
Y18 MAGNETVENTIL BETRIEBSBREMSE SOLENOID - BRAKE 32 113 KABELBAUM OBERWAGEN CABLE HARNESS UPPER
CARRIAGE
MAGNETVENTIL BETRIEBSBREMSE SOLENOID - BRAKE 23 212 SCHALTVENTIL SHIFT VALVE
Y201a PROPORTIONALVENTIL FAHREN PROPORTIONAL VALVE TRAVEL 32 113 KABELBAUM OBERWAGEN CABLE HARNESS UPPER
CARRIAGE
Y201b PROPORTIONALVENTIL FAHREN PROPORTIONAL VALVE TRAVEL 32 113 KABELBAUM OBERWAGEN CABLE HARNESS UPPER
CARRIAGE
Y202a PROPORTIONALVENTIL PRATZEN PROPORTIONAL VALVE OUTRIGGER 32 113 KABELBAUM OBERWAGEN CABLE HARNESS UPPER
STABILISERS CARRIAGE
Y202b PROPORTIONALVENTIL PRATZEN PROPORTIONAL VALVE OUTRIGGER 32 113 KABELBAUM OBERWAGEN CABLE HARNESS UPPER
STABILISERS CARRIAGE
Y203a PROPORTIONALVENTIL AUSLEGERZY- PROPORTIONAL VALVE BOOM CYLIN- 32 113 KABELBAUM OBERWAGEN CABLE HARNESS UPPER
LINDER DER CARRIAGE
Y203b PROPORTIONALVENTIL AUSLEGERZY- PROPORTIONAL VALVE BOOM CYLIN- 32 113 KABELBAUM OBERWAGEN CABLE HARNESS UPPER
LINDER DER CARRIAGE
Y204a PROPORTIONALVENTIL LOEFFELZYLIN- PROPORTIONAL VALVE BACKHOE 32 113 KABELBAUM OBERWAGEN CABLE HARNESS UPPER
DER CYLINDER CARRIAGE
Y204b PROPORTIONALVENTIL LOEFFELZYLIN- PROPORTIONAL VALVE BACKHOE 32 113 KABELBAUM OBERWAGEN CABLE HARNESS UPPER
DER CYLINDER CARRIAGE
Y205a PROPORTIONALVENTIL STIELZYLINDER PROPORTIONAL VALVE STICK CYLIN- 32 113 KABELBAUM OBERWAGEN CABLE HARNESS UPPER
DER CARRIAGE
Y205b PROPORTIONALVENTIL STIELZYLINDER PROPORTIONAL VALVE STICK CYLIN- 32 113 KABELBAUM OBERWAGEN CABLE HARNESS UPPER
DER CARRIAGE
Y206a PROPORTIONALVENTIL NACKENZYLIN- PROPORTIONAL VALVE NECK CYLIN- 32 113 KABELBAUM OBERWAGEN CABLE HARNESS UPPER
DER DER CARRIAGE
Y206b PROPORTIONALVENTIL NACKENZYLIN- PROPORTIONAL VALVE NECK CYLIN- 32 113 KABELBAUM OBERWAGEN CABLE HARNESS UPPER
DER DER CARRIAGE
Y207a PROPORTIONALVENTIL HAM- PROPORTIONAL VALVE HAM- 32 113 KABELBAUM OBERWAGEN CABLE HARNESS UPPER
MER/SCHERE MER/SHEARS CARRIAGE
Y207b PROPORTIONALVENTIL HAM- PROPORTIONAL VALVE HAM- 32 113 KABELBAUM OBERWAGEN CABLE HARNESS UPPER
MER/SCHERE MER/SHEARS CARRIAGE
Î
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
3 - 76 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM WX210 - WX240
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 3 - 77
Bemerkung Ziel 2 Ziel 1 Kennzeichg. PIN Stecker Kennzeichg. Ziel 1 Ziel 2 Bemerkung
A100X3a:7 -
Zentralektronik A100X3a:7 1 X33A X33A:1 - Y63:1 Y63:1 Hubkraftverstärker
X33A:1
X33A:2 -
ESX XESX:24 X33D:18 2 X33A X33A:2 - Y35:1 Y35:1 Schwenkbremse
X33D:18
X12A:15 -
Frequenzumschaltung S39.3:1 X12A:15 3 X33A X33A:3 - Y39.3:1 Y39.3:1 Frequenzumschaltung
X33A:3
Sicherungsleiste FA X10 FA.6:2 FA.6:2 - X33A:4 4 X33A X33A:4 - S290:1 S290:1 X33A:5 Druckschalter Vorsteuerdruck Fahren
X33A:5 -
ESX XESX:41 X33D:29 5 X33A X33A:5 - S290:2 S290:2 X33A:4 Druckschalter Vorsteuerdruck Fahren
X33D:29
A10X1:2 -
Grenzlastregler A10X1:2 6 X33A X33A:6 - Y10:1 Y10:1 X31.O2 Proportionalventil
X33A:6
X33A:7 - Abschaltung Vorsteuerung Arbeits-
ESX XESX:63 X33D:38 7 X33A X33A:7 - Y113:1 Y113:1
X33D:38 hydraulik
X33D:30 -
ESX XESX:62 X33D:30 8 X33A X33A:8 - Y290:1 Y290:1 Abschaltung Vorsteuerung Fahren
X33A:8
X33A:9 - X33A:9 - Druckschalter Vorsteuerdruck
ESX XESX:18 X33D:39 9 X33A S113.4:1 X33A:12
X33D:39 S113.4:1 Arbeitshydraulik
X33A:10 -
ESX XESX:47 X33D:37 10 X33A X33A:10 - Y242:1 Y242:1 Proportionalventil Pumpe 2
X33D:37
X33D:36 -
ESX XESX:46 X33D:36 11 X33A X33A:11 - Y241:1 Y241:1 Proportionalventil Pumpe 1
X33A:11
X33A:12 - Druckschalter Vorsteuerdruck
Sicherungsleiste FA X10 FA.6:2 FA.6:2 - X33A:12 12 X33A S113.4:2 X33A:9
S113.4:2 Arbeitshydraulik
A100X6:8 - X33A:13 -
Zentralektronik A100X6:8 13 X33A X52.1:3 Schmierpumpe
X33A:13 X52.1:3
A10X1:7 -
Grenzlastregler A10X1:7 14 X33A X33A:14 - R14:1 R14:1 X31.O2 Temperatur Hydrauliköl
X33A:14
A100X2a:2 -
Zentralektronik A100X2a:2 15 X33A X33A:15 - S15:1 S15:1 Hydrauliköl Filter
X33A:15
FA.16:2 - X33A:16 -
Sicherungsleiste FA X10 FA.16:2 16 X33A X52.1:1 Schmierpumpe
X33A:16 X52.1:1
Splice 2 - X33A:17 -
Zentralektronik A100X6:14 Splice 2 17 X33A B35.2:1 Initiator Schwenkbremse
X33A:17 B35.2:1
X33A:18 - X33A:18 -
ESX XESX:14 X33D:28 18 X33A B35.2:4 Initiator Schwenkbremse
X33D:28 B35.2:4
X33A:19 - X33A:19 -
ESX XESX:36 X33D:35 19 X33A B35.2:3 Initiator Schwenkbremse
X33D:35 B35.2:3
A100X1:9 -
Zentralektronik A100X1:13 20 X33A X33A:20 - XE3:1 XE3:1 X31.A Arbeitsscheinwerfer Ausleger
X33A:20
V67.1:K -
Tanksensor A100X6:14 V67.1:K 21 X33A X33A:21 - XB2:1 XB2:1 Tanksensor
X33A:21
A100X2a:13 -
Zentralektronik A100X2a:13 22 X33A X33A:22 - XB2:3 XB2:3 Tanksensor
X33A:22
X33A:23 -
Sicherungsleiste FA X10 FA.5:2 FA.5:2 - X33A:23 23 X33A X67.1:2 K67:87 Betankungsanlage
X67.1:2
V67.1:K - X33A:24 -
Tanksensor A100X6:14 V67.1:K 24 X33A X67.1:3 V67.2:K Betankungsanlage
X33A:24 X67.1:3
25 X33A
26 X33A
X33A:27 - X33A:27 -
ESX XESX:3 X33D:33 27 X33A Y37.1:1 X31.O2 Greiferdrehwerk Links
X33D:33 Y37.1:1
X33A:28 - X33A:28 -
ESX XESX:25 X33D:34 28 X33A Y37.2:1 X31.O2 Greiferdrehwerk Rechts
X33D:34 Y37.2:1
Schater Rundum- X33A :29 - X33A:29 -
S36:1 X12A:12 29 X33A E36.1:1 X12.31 Rundumleuchte Tank
leuchte Tank X12A:12 E36.1:1
A100X3a:13 -
Zentralektronik A100X3a:13 30 X33A X33A:30 - H7:1 H7:1 X31.O2 Horn
X33A:30
31 X33A
A100X3a:1 -
Zentralektronik A100X3a:1 32 X33A X33A:32 - XE23:1 XE23:1 XE23:2 Blinklicht Rechts Vorn
X33A:32
Splice 1 -
Zentralektronik A100X3a:4 Splice 1 33 X33A X33A:33 - XE2:2 XE2:2 XE2:1 Standlicht Rechts
X33A:33
X33A:34 -
Sicherungsleiste FA FA.11:2 K5.1:87 34 X33A X33A:34 XE2:4 XE2:4 XE2:1 Fernlicht Rechts
K5.1:87
A100X1:8 -
Zentralektronik A100X1:8 35 X33A X33A:35 - XE2:3 XE2:3 XE2:1 Fahrlicht Rechts
X33A:35
A100X3a:9 -
Zentralektronik A100X3a:9 36 X33A
X33A:36
37 X33A
X33A:38 - XC33A:38 -
ESX XESX:3 X33D:1 38 X33A B35.2:2 Initiator Schwenkbremse
X33D:1 B35.2:2
X33A:39 -
ESX XESX:8 X33D:40 39 X33A X33A:39 - B74:1 B74:1 Sensor Druck Ausleger
X33D:40
A100X7:4 -
Zentralelektronik A100X7:4 40 X33A X33A:40 - B74:3 B74:3 Sensor Druck Ausleger
X33A:40
frei
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
3 - 78 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM WX210 - WX240
Bemerkung Ziel 2 Ziel 1 Kennzeichg. PIN Stecker Kennzeichg. Ziel 1 Ziel 2 Bemerkung
Zentralelektronik A100X3a:4 Splice2 Splice2 - X33B:1 1 X33B X33B:1 - XE6:2 XE6:2 Schlußlicht Rechts
A100X3a:1 -
Zentralelektronik A100X3a:1 2 X33B X33B:2 - XE6:4 XE6:4 Blinklicht Rechts Hinten
X33B:2
A100X7:16 -
Zentralelektronik A100X7:16 3 X33B X33B:3 - XE6:3 XE6:3 Bremslicht Rechts
X33B:3
Schalter Nebelschluß- X12A:13 -
S55:1 X12A:13 4 X33B X33B:4 - XE6.5:1 XE6.5:1 Nebelschlußlicht rechts
licht X33B:4
Sicherungsleiste FA FA.2:2 K1:87 X33B:5 - K1:87 5 X33B X33B:5 - K1.5:86 K1.5:86 X31.O Startrelais
6 X33B
A100X2a:24 -
Zentralelektronik A100X2a:24 7 X33B
X33B:7
A10X1:24 -
Grenzlastregler A10X1:24 8 X33B X33B:8 - B10.1:A B10.1:A X101:3 Pick-Up
X33B:8
A10X1:6 -
Grenzlastregler A10X1:6 9 X33B X33B:9 - R10.3:1 R10.3:1 X101:3 Temperaturfühler Ladeluft
X33B:9
A10X1:18 - X33B:10 - Proportionalventil Ölkühler Lüftersteu-
Grenzlastregler A10X1:18 10 X33B Y131:1 X101:6
X33B:10 Y131:1 erung
A100X3a:15 -
Zentralelektronik A100X3a:15 11 X33B X33B:11 - M10:5 M10:5 Drehzahlverstellmotor
X33B:11
A100X3a:16 -
Zentralelektronik A100X3a:16 12 X33B X33B:12 - M10:1 M10:1 Drehzahlverstellmotor
X33B:12
A100X3a:17 -
Zentralelektronik A100X3a:17 13 X33B X33B:13 - M10:2 M10:2 Drehzahlverstellmotor
X33B:13
A100X3a:18 -
Zentralelektronik A100X3a:18 14 X33B X33B:14 - M10:3 M10:3 Drehzahlverstellmotor
X33B:14
A100X3a:19 -
Zentralelektronik A100X3a:19 15 X33B X33B:15 - M10:4 M10:4 Drehzahlverstellmotor
X33B:15
A100X2a:21 - X33B:16 -
Zentralelektronik A100X2a:21 16 X33B S12:WK Druckschalter Motoröl
X33B:16 S12:WK
17 X33B
A10X1:5 - X33B:18 -
Grenzlastregler A10X1:5 18 X33B B13.1:B X101:4 Temperaturfühler Kühlwasser
X33B:18 B13.1:B
Zündschloß XS1.1:3 FA.1:2 FA.1:2 - X33B:19 19 X33B X33B:19 - Y1.4:A Y1.4:A Motor Stop Magnet
FA.23:2 -
Sicherungsleiste FA X30.2 FA.23:2 20 X33B X33B:20 - Y1.4:B Y1.4:B Motor Stop Magnet
X33B:20
A100X7:9 - X33B:21 - Proportionalventil Nachspeisung
Zentralelektronik A100X7:9 21 X33B Y295:1 X31.O
X33B:21 Y295:1 Fahrmotor
XA17:3 - X33B:22 -
Grid Heater Controller XA17:3 22 X33B K1.7:87 F20:2 Kaltstartanlage Grid Heater
X33B:22 K1.7:87
Sicherungsleiste FA X10 FA.8:2 FA.8:2 - X33B:23 23 X33B X33B:23 - XG1:3 XG1:3 Generator "15"
X33B:24 - X33B:24 -
Sicherungsleiste FA FA.21:2 K20.3:85 24 X33B B116:1 X31.O Temperaturfühler Grid Heater
K20.3:85 B116:1
25 X33B
X33B:26 -
Zündschloß XS1.1:3 FA.1:2 FA.1:2 - X33B:26 26 X33B K10.1:L Power Relais
K10.1:L
X33B:27 -
Gebläse X19:5 X72:2 X72:2 - X33B:27 27 X33B X72.1:1 S72.1:bl Druckschalter Verdichter
X72.1:1
A100X6:19 - X33B:28 -
Zentralelektronik A100X6:19 28 X33B S15.1:1 X31.O Überwachung Luftfilter
X33B:28 S15.1:1
X33B:29 -
Sicherungsleiste FA FA.22:2 K20.3:87 29 X33B X33B:29 - R19:A R19:A X31.O Filter Heater
K20.3:87
X33B:30 -
Relais Filter Heater K20.3:30 K20.4:87 30 X33B X33B:30 - R21:A R21:A X31.O Filter Heater
K20.4:87
XA17:4 -
Grid Heater Controller XA17:4 31 X33B X33B:31 - XG1:2 XG1:2 Generator "D+"
X33B:31
XA17:10 - X33B:32 -
Grid Heater Controller XA17:10 32 X33B B13.1:A Temperatur Kühlwasser
X33B:32 B13.1:A
XA17:6 - X33B:33 -
Grid Heater Controller XA17:6 33 X33B K1.7:86 X31.O Relais Grid Heater
X33B:33 K1.7:86
FA.17:2 -
Sicherungsleiste FA X30.2 FA.17:2 34 X33B
X33B:34
X33B:35 -
Relais Standheizung X33B:36 K31:85 35 X33B
K31:85
X33B:36 -
Relais Standheizung X33B:35 K31:86 36 X33B
K31:86
FA.27:2 - X33B:37 -
Zentralelektronik A100X7:5 FA.27:2 37 X33B K10.1:B Power Relais
X33B:37 K10.1:B
X12B:11 -
Schaltuhr Heizung A31.1:2 X12B:11 38 X33B
X33B:38
X12B:12 -
Schaltuhr Heizung A31.1:8 X12B:12 39 X33B
X33B:39
X12B:13 -
Schaltuhr Heizung A31.1:12 X12B:13 40 X33B
X33B:40
frei
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 3 - 79
Bemerkung Ziel 2 Ziel 1 Kennzeichg. PIN Stecker Kennzeichg. Ziel 1 Ziel 2 Bemerkung
Sicherungsleiste FA X30.2 FA.29:2 FA.29:2 - X33C:1 1 X33C X33C:1 - X103.1:2 X103.1:2 S20:30 Warnblinken
CAN-Stecker X12CAN:3 FA.15:2 FA.15:2 - X33C:2 2 X33C X33C:2 - X103:5 X103:5 X503:9 Tastenmodul C5.3
A100X3a:5 -
Zentralelektronik A100X3a:5 3 X33C X33C:3 - X103.1:4 X103.1:4 S20:R Warnblinken
X33C:3
Zentralelektronik A100X3a:4 Splice 2 Splice 2 - X33C:4 4 X33C X33C:4 - XE12:2 XE12:1 XE12:2 Kennzeichenleuchte
Diagnose-Steckdose A10X4:C X33C:5 - A10X4:C 5 X33C X33C:5 - X103:1 X103:1 X503:7 Tastenmodul C5.3
Diagnose-Steckdose A10X4:D X33C:6 - A10X4:D 6 X33C X33C:6 - X103:2 X103:2 X503:8 Tastenmodul C5.3
Tastenmodul C5.1 C5.1:7 X12CAN:1 X12CAN:1 - X33C:7 7 X33C X33C:7 - X103:3 X103:3 X503:7 Tastenmodul C5.3
Tastenmodul C5.1 C5.1:8 X12CAN:2 X12CAN:2 - X33C:8 8 X33C X33C:8 - X103:4 X103:4 X503:8 Tastenmodul C5.3
Massepunkt Podest-
X31.P K5.1:86 X33C:9 - K5.1:86 9 X33C X33C:9 - X103.1:1 X103.1:1 S23:56a Lenkstockschalter Fernlicht.
platte
Sicherungsleiste FA FA.11:2 K5.1:87 X33C:10 - K5.1:87 10 X33C X33C:10 - XE1:4 XE1:4 XE1:1 Fernlicht Links
Schalter Nebel-
S55:1 X12A:13 X12A:13 - X33C:11 11 X33C X33C:11 - XE5.5:1 XE5.5:1 XE5:5 Nebelschlusslicht Links
schlusslicht
A100X1:8 -
Zentralelektronik A100X1:8 12 X33C X33C:12 - XE1:3 XE1:3 XE1:1 Fahrlicht Links
X33C:12
A100X3a:2 -
Zentralelektronik A100X3a:2 13 X33C X33C:13 - Splice 2 Splice 2 siehe unten siehe unten
X33C:13
A100X3a:3 -
Zentralelektronik A100X3a:3 14 X33C X33C:14 - Splice 1 Splice 1 siehe unten siehe unten
X33C:14
A100X7:16 -
Zentralelektronik A100X7:16 15 X33C X33C:15 - XE5:3 XE5:3 XE5:1 Bremslicht Links
X33C:15
A100X6:20 -
Zentralelektronik A100X6:20 16 X33C X33C:16 - S18.2:1 S18.2:1 X31.P Druckschalter Betriebsbremse
X33C:16
Leuchte H16 H16:1 X12B:5 X12B:5 - X33C:17 17 X33C
Sicherungsleiste FA X10 FA.8:2 FA.8:2 - X33C:18 18 X33C X33C:18 - S18:1 S18:1 X33C:19 Druckschalter Bremslicht
A100X6:2 -
Zentralelektronik A100X6:2 19 X33C X33C:19 - S18:2 S18:2 X33C:18 Druckschalter Bremslicht
X33C:19
A100X2a:5 -
Zentralelektronik A100X2a:5 20 X33C X33C:20 - S18.1:1 S18.1:1 X31.O Druckschalter Mindestbremsdruck
X33C:20
A100X2a:4 -
Zentralelektronik A100X2a:4 21 X33C X33C:21 - S17:1 S17:1 X31.O Druckschalter Lenkung
X33C:21
A100X2a:22 - Druckschalter Pendelachsblockie-
Zentralelektronik A100X2a:22 22 X33C X33C:22 - S62.1:1 S62.1:1 X31.O
X33C:22 rung
23 X33C
24 X33C
A100X2a:3 -
Zentralelektronik A100X2a:3 25 X33C X33C:25 - XE32:1 XE32:1 X82:1 Druckschalter Festellbremse
X33C:25
A100X7:7 -
Zentralelektronik A100X7:7 26 X33C X33C:26 - XE32:2 XE32:2 X82:2 Proportionalventil Kriechgang
X33C:26
A100X2a:11 -
Zentralelektronik A100X2a:11 27 X33C X33C:27 - XE32:3 XE32:3 X82:3 Geschwindigkeitssensor Fahren
X33C:27
A100X6:18 - X33C:28 -
Zentralelektronik A100X6:18 28 X33C X33C:28 - XE32:4 X82:4 Geschwindigkeitssensor Fahren
X33C:28 XE32:4
X33C:29 -
Zentralelektronik A100X6:14 Splice 1 Splice 1 - X33C:29 29 X33C X33C:29 - XE32:5 X82:5 Geschwindigkeitssensor Fahren
XE32:5
A100X3a:10 - X33C:30 -
Zentralelektronik A100X3a:10 30 X33C X33C:30 - XE32:6 X82:6 Proportionalventil 1. Gang
X33C:30 XE32:6
A100X7:8 - X33C:31 - Proportionalventil Pendelachsblo-
Zentralelektronik A100X7:8 31 X33C X33C:31 - XE32:7 X82:7
X33C:31 XE32:7 ckierung
Wippschalter Fest- X33C:32 -
XC16:3 XC16:2 XC16:2 - X33C:32 32 X33C X33C:32 - XE32:8 X82:8 Proportionalventil Feststellbremse
stellbremse XE32:8
Wippschalter Abstüt-
X33C:33 - Proportionalventil Abstüt-
zung/ S48.1 X48.1:3 X48.1:3 - X33C:33 33 X33C X33C:33 - XE32:9 X82.1:1
XE32:9 zung/Planierschild
Planierschild
Wippschalter Abstüt-
X33C:34 - Proportionalventil Abstüt-
zung/ S48.2 X48.1:4 X48.1:4 - X33C:34 34 X33C X33C:34 - XE32:10 X82.1:2
XE32:10 zung/Planierschild
Planierschild
Wippschalter Abstüt-
X33C:35 - Proportionalventil Abstüt-
zung/ S48.3 X48.1:5 X48.1:5 - X33C:35 35 X33C X33C:35 - XE32:11 X82.1:3
XE32:11 zung/Planierschild
Planierschild
Wippschalter Abstüt-
X33C:36 - Proportionalventil Abstüt-
zung/ S48.4 X48.1:6 X48.1:6 - X33C:36 36 X33C X33C:36 - XE32:12 X82.1:4
XE32:12 zung/Planierschild
Planierschild
X33C:37 -
37 X33C X33C:37 - XE32:13 X82:13 Reserve
XE32:13
X33C:38 -
38 X33C X33C:38 - XE32:14 X82:14 Reserve
XE32:14
A100X2a:8 - X33C:39 -
Zentralelektronik A100X2a:8 39 X33C X33C:39 - X103.1:3 S20:30b Warnblinken
X33C:39 X103.1:3
Feststell-/ Betriebs-
K16.1:87 K18.2:87 K18.2:87 - X33C:40 40 X33C X33C:40 - Y18:1 Y18:1 X31.P Betriebsbremse
bremse
X33C:14 - Splice 1 Ein Splice 1 Splice 1 - XE1:2 XE1:2 XE1.1 Standlicht Links
X33C:14 - Splice 1 Ein Splice 1 Splice 1 - XE5:2 XE5:2 XE5:1 Schlußlicht Links
X33C:14 - Splice 1 Ein Splice 1 Splice 1 - XE7:CH XE7:CH Standlicht Links Einzeln
X33C:14 - Splice 1 Ein Splice 1 Splice 1 - XSTVZO:1 Standlicht Ausleger
XSTVZO:1
X33C:13 - Splice 2 Ein Splice 2 Splice 2 - XE5:4 XE5:4 XE5:1 Blinklicht Links Hinten
X33C:13 - Splice 2 Ein Splice 2 Splice 2 - XE22:2 XE22:2 XE22:2 Blinklicht Links Vorne
frei
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
3 - 80 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM WX210 - WX240
Bemerkung Ziel 2 Ziel 1 Kennzeichg. PIN Stecker Kennzeichg. Ziel 1 Ziel 2 Bemerkung
Initiator Schwenken B35.2:2 X33A:38 X33A:38 - X33D:1 1 X33D X33D:1 - XESX:30 XESX:30 ESX
Relais ESX X33D:27 K-ESX:87 X33D:2 - K-ESX:87 2 X33D X33D:2 - XESX:28 XESX:28 ESX
Sicherungsleiste FA FA14:1 FA.13:2 FA.13:2 - X33D:3 3 X33D X33D:3 - XESX:54 XESX:54 ESX
Sicherungsleiste FA X10 FA.14:2 FA.14:2 - X33D:4 4 X33D X33D:4 - XESX:56 XESX:56 ESX
Sicherungsleiste FA X10 FA.14:2 FA.14:2 - X33D:5 5 X33D X33D:5 - XESX:57 XESX:57 ESX
Sicherungsleiste FA X10 FA.14:2 FA.14:2 - X33D:6 6 X33D X33D:6 - XESX:58 XESX:58 ESX
Sicherungsleiste FA X10 FA.14:2 FA.14:2 - X33D:7 7 X33D X33D:7 - XESX:59 XESX:59 ESX
Sicherungsleiste FA X10 FA.14:2 FA.14:2 - X33D:8 8 X33D X33D:8 - XESX:60 XESX:60 ESX
Abschaltung Vorsteue-
XS1.1:12 XS1.1:13 XS1.1:13 - X33D:9 9 X33D X33D:9 - XESX:16 XESX:16 ESX
rung
Abschaltung Vorsteue-
XS1.1:12 XS1.1:14 XS1.1:14 - X33D:10 10 X33D X33D:10 - XESX:34 XESX:34 ESX
rung
Sicherungsleiste FA X33D:12 FA.4:2 FA.4:2 - X33D:11 11 X33D X33D:11 - XESX:1 XESX:1 ESX
Sicherungsleiste FA X33D:11 FA.4:1 X33D:12 - FA.4:1 12 X33D X33D:12 - B213:1 B213:1 Sensor Winkel Schwenkpumpe
A100X7:4 -
Zentralelektronik A100X7:4 13 X33D X33D:13 - SPL1 SPL1 siehe unten siehe unten
X33D:13
14 X33D
15 X33D
16 X33D
17 X33D
Proportionalventil
Y35:1 X33A:2 X33A:2 - X33D:18 18 X33D X33D:18 - XESX:24 XESX:24 ESX
Schwenkbremse
A100X3a:20 -
Zentralelektronik A100X3a:20 19 X33D X33D:19 - XESX:27 XESX:27 ESX
X33D:19
A100X3a:21 -
Zentralelektronik A100X3a:21 20 X33D X33D:20 - XESX:26 XESX:26 ESX
X33D:20
Diagnose-Steckdose A7.3X4:4 A7.3X4:4 - X33D:21 21 X33D X33D:21 - A61X1:1 A61X1:1 Pedal Fahren
Diagnose-Steckdose A7.3X4:5 A7.3X4:5 - X33D:22 22 X33D X33D:22 - A61X1:2 A61X1:2 Pedal Fahren
CAN-Stecker X12CAN:3 FA.15:2 FA.15:2 - X33D:23 23 X33D X33D:23 - A61X1:3 A61X1:3 Pedal Fahren
Massepunkt Podest-
X31:P X31:P - X33D:24 24 X33D X33D:24 - A61X1:4 A61X1:4 Pedal Fahren
platte
Grenzlastregler A10X1:4 A10X1:4 - X33D:25 25 X33D X33D:25 - Y207a:1 Y207a:1 X31.O Proportionalventil Hammer/Schere
Grenzlastregler A10X1:3 A10X1:3 - X33D:26 26 X33D X33D:26 - Y207b:1 Y207b:1 X31.O Proportionalventil Hammer/Schere
X33D:27 - K-
Relais ESX X33D:2 K-ESX:30 27 X33D X33D:27 - XC1:1 XC1:1 Code-Control
ESX:30
Initiator Schwenken B35.2:4 X33A:18 X33A:18 - X33D:28 28 X33D X33D:28 - XESX:14 XESX:14 ESX
Druckschalter Über-
wachung Vorsteuer- S290:2 X33A:5 X33A:5 - X33D:29 29 X33D X33D:29 - XESX:41 XESX:41 ESX
druck
Proportionalventil
Abschaltung Vorsteue- Y290:1 X33A:8 X33D:30 - X33A:8 30 X33D X33D:30 - XESX:62 XESX:62 ESX
rung Fahren
A100X6:13 -
Zentralelektronik A100X6:13 31 X33D X33D:31 - S39.9:1 S39.9:1 Druckschalter Tankrücklauf Schere
X33D:31
A100X1:10 - Proportionalventil Umschaltung
Zentralelektronik A100X1:10 32 X33D X33D:32 - Y39.9:1 Y39.9:1
X33D:32 Hammer/Schere
Proportionalventil
Y37.1:1 X33A:27 X33A:27 - X33D:33 33 X33D X33D:33 - XESX:3 XESX:3 ESX
Greifdrehwerk Links
Proportionalventil
Y37.2:1 X33A:28 X33A:28 - X33D:34 34 X33D X33D:34 - XESX:25 XESX:25 ESX
Greifdrehwerk Rechts
Initiator Schwenken B35.2:3 X33A:19 X33A:19 - X33D:35 35 X33D X33D:35 - XESX:36 XESX:36 ESX
Proportionalventil
Y241:1 X33A:11 X33D:36 - X33A:11 36 X33D X33D:36 - XESX:46 XESX:46 ESX
Pumpe 1
Proportionalventil
Y242:1 X33A:10 X33A:10 - X33D:37 37 X33D X33D:37 - XESX:47 XESX:47 ESX
Pumpe 2
Proportionalventil
Vorsteuerung Arbeits- Y113 X33A:7 X33A:7 - X33D:38 38 X33D X33D:38 - XESX:63 XESX:63 ESX
hydraulik
Druckschalter Über-
wachung Vorsteuer- S113.4:1 X33A:9 X33A:9 - X33D:39 39 X33D X33D:39 - XESX:18 XESX:18 ESX
druck
Sensor Druck Ausle-
B74:1 X33A:39 X33A:39 - X33D:40 40 X33D X33D:40 - XESX:8 XESX:8 ESX
ger
frei
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM 3 - 81
Bemerkung Ziel 2 Ziel 1 Kennzeichg. PIN Stecker Kennzeichg. Ziel 1 Ziel 2 Bemerkung
Proportionalventil
Y201.A:1 X33E:3 X33E:1 - X33E:3 1 X33E X33E:1 - XESX:45 XESX:45 ESX
Fahren Vorwärts
Proportionalventil
Y201.B:1 X33E:4 X33E:2 - X33E:4 2 X33E X33E:2 - XESX:42 XESX:42 ESX
Fahren Rückwärts
Proportionalventil Fahren
ESX XESX:45 X33E:1 X33E:1 - X33E:3 3 X33E X33E:3 - Y201.A:1 Y201.A:1
Vorwärts
Proportionalventil Fahren
ESX XESX:42 X33E:2 X33E:2 - X33E:4 4 X33E X33E:4 - Y201.B:1 Y201.B:1
Rückwärts
Relais Pratzen X33E:7 K202.A:30 X33E:5 - K202.A:30 5 X33E X33E:5 - XESX:50 XESX:50 ESX
Relais Pratzen X33E:8 K202.B:30 X33E:6 - K202.B:30 6 X33E X33E:6 - XESX:43 XESX:43 ESX
Relais Pratzen X33E:5 K202.A:87 X33E:7 - K202.A:87 7 X33E X33E:7 - Y202.A:1 Y202.A:1 Proportionalventil Pratzen
Relais Pratzen X33E:6 K202.B:87 X33E:8 - K202.B:87 8 X33E X33E:8 - Y202.B:1 Y202.B:1 Proportionalventil Pratzen
9 X33E
10 X33E
11 X33E
12 X33E
13 X33E
14 X33E
15 X33E
16 X33E
17 X33E
18 X33E
19 X33E
20 X33E
21 X33E
22 X33E
23 X33E
24 X33E
Bemerkung Ziel 2 Ziel 1 Kennzeichg. PIN Stecker Kennzeichg. Ziel 1 Ziel 2 Bemerkung
X33P:R -
Sternpunkt "X30" X33P:R - X30.2 R X33P X33P:R - K10.1:30 K10.1:30 Power Relais
X30.2
X33P:S -
Sternpunkt "X10" X33P:S - X10 S X33P X33P:S - K10.1:87 K10.1:87 Power Relais
X10
T X33P
X33P:U -
Sternpunkt "X10" X33P:U - X10 U X33P X33P:U - K10.1:87 K10.1:87 Power Relais
X10
X33P:U -
Sternpunkt "X10" X33P:U - X10 U X33P X33P:U - K10.1:87 K10.1:87 Power Relais
X10
V X33P
W X33P
X X33P
Y X33P
Z X33P
frei
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
3 - 82 ELECTRICAL SYSTEM WX210 - WX240
NOTES
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
Service manual
Section 4 Electronics
WX210 - WX240
9-91270
4-2 ELECTRONICS WX210 - WX240
The data contained in this handbook were valid at the time of publication. As we constantly
endeavour to improve our products and to provide additional options, modifications or
changes made in this context may have an impact on the procedures described in this
handbook. Please contact your local dealer if you find any discrepancies.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 ELECTRONICS 4-3
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
4-4 ELECTRONICS WX210 - WX240
Table of contents
CONTROL ...................................................................................................... 7
Introduction ..................................................................................................................................... 7
Introduction ..................................................................................................................................... 9
ESX controller ................................................................................................................................................ 9
Central electronic system / Central Unit......................................................................................................... 9
PCS................................................................................................................................................................ 9
Power supply and CAN bus in acc. with diagram P/N 8916249, sheet 40 ............................... 15
Power supply, description ............................................................................................................................ 15
Grounding .................................................................................................................................................... 15
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 ELECTRONICS 4-5
Left joystick A57 for stick cylinder and slewing mechanism ................................................... 24
Left joystick, description............................................................................................................................... 25
Schematic ...................................................................................................................................... 34
Description ................................................................................................................................................... 34
Regulating circuit.......................................................................................................................... 39
Speed characteristics of the engine under load........................................................................................... 39
Detection of the load status ......................................................................................................................... 39
Regulating process ...................................................................................................................................... 39
PCS................................................................................................................................................. 42
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
4-6 ELECTRONICS WX210 - WX240
PCS COMPONENTS.................................................................................... 43
Speed sensing............................................................................................................................... 46
Description ................................................................................................................................................... 46
Speed sensor (pickup) B10.1....................................................................................................................... 46
Hammer / shears control with boom adjusting equipment (7-spool control block)................ 53
Description ................................................................................................................................................... 53
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 ELECTRONICS 4-7
CONTROL 40000307-en
Introduction
The description of the machine control is divided
into 3 parts:
- Automotive electrical system
- Electronic systems with
the central electronic unit,
the electro-hydraulic pilot control and
the electronic load-limit regulation.
- Hydraulic system described according to the
power flow in the machine and the individual
functions and combined functions.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
4-8 ELECTRONICS WX210 - WX240
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 ELECTRONICS 4-9
Introduction 40000462-en
The use of electronic control systems is also gain- Central electronic system / Central Unit
ing progressive significance in mobile construction
machines. The demand for increasingly efficient The central electronic system, in brief CU, proc-
machines with greater safety and comfort and the esses the signals transmitted by the keys at the
simultaneous pressure to optimize production display and by the keyboard modules. The engine
costs mean an ever-increasing demand for elec- control system is implemented in conjunction with
tronic systems to be used. the PCS.
In this context, electronic hydraulic systems are The engine control system gives the machine
being installed in mobile excavators to control the enhanced operating comfort. It comprises a multi-
entire working hydraulics and electrohydraulic stage power selector in conjunction with speed
systems for engine and pump management, using steps and automatic speed reduction during work-
control electronics. ing intervals.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
4 - 10 ELECTRONICS WX210 - WX240
CAN bus (digital technique) The identifiers qualify not only a user address but
also the contents of a message, such a tempera-
The CAN bus system is a communication medium
ture, rpm or speed.
for the electronic components installed in the ma-
chine. It is a kind of data highway that connects All users check with reference to the received
the ESX as an electrohydraulic servo-control and identifier whether the transmitted message is of
the central electronic unit with the dis- relevance to them. This means that each mes-
play/keyboard modules and with the PMS/PCS in sage can be taken over by more than one user
mobile excavators. simultaneously. In addition, it is through the identi-
fier that the priority of a message with respect to
CAN bus, definition bus access is determined.
CAN (Controller Area Network) technology origi- Tasks
nated in the vehicle construction sector and was
developed by Bosch. The factor underlying this - To make the information from one control unit
development was the increasing use of electronic serviceable for all others.
modules in automobile construction. These mod- - To reduce the number and thickness of the elec-
ules were installed at various points in the vehicle tric cables.
and had to be interlinked. Direct cabling rapidly
proved to be impractical. - To monitor the execution of commands and thus
to make the process more reliable.
CAN was developed by Bosch as a serial bus with
real-time capability and high data transmission - To expand the fault-detection and diagnostic
security, meanwhile specified under ISO 11898. area.
Yet the bus line consists of only two cables, the
Advantages
signal bearers (CAN - high and CAN - low), and
ground cables. - The overall system is more reliable. For exam-
ple, it contains fewer susceptible plug connec-
Was is CAN capable of ? tions.
As stated, the CAN bus has real-time capability, - Wiring is less complex and thus more cost-
indicating high transmission rates. The state-of- effective.
the-art CAN bus has a maximum capacity of 1
Mbit/s. - Simplified installation.
Various fault detection mechanisms enable the - Additional control elements can be readily
CAN protocol to detect and correct transmission added.
faults resulting from electromagnetic radiation, for - The diagnostic potential of the system is im-
example (transmission stop and automatic mes- proved.
sage repeat).
- The system can be accessed to read out data
Due to short data packets (max. 8 useful bytes and to change parameters or performance data.
per message) time loss through data repetition
after a transmission fault is minimized. Disadvantages
How does CAN work ? - A specific communication speed is required.
The CAN bus consists essentially of two bus ca- - Each sensor connected to the bus needs a con-
bles (CAN + und CAN -). A message to be trans- troller.
mitted consists of an unequivocal identifier, a pri-
ority and 0 to 8 message bytes.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 ELECTRONICS 4 - 11
4100726
Fig. 1
Description
The diagram shows the interlinking of the elec- The electronic modules of the electrohydraulic
tronic and hydraulic components. servo control, e.g. joystick on right (A56) and left
(A57), as well as the driving pedal (A61) and the
The modules responsible for the operation and double pedal (A61.1) are connected with the ESX
control of the electrical system of the vehicle, e.g. via CAN bus 2.
display (C4), central electronic unit CU (Central
Unit A100), keyboard module (C5.1, C5.2, C5.3)
and PMS/PCS with load limit regulator (GLR A10), The two BUS systems are interlinked via the ESX.
and ESX (A7.3) are connected to CAN bus 1.
The ESX controls the pump control, the control
CAN bus 1 has the diagnostic sockets. valve adjustment, and the slewing pump control
systems.
In addition, the ESX issues current values via
CAN bus 1 at the load limit regulator to the ham-
mer/shears control.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
4 - 12 ELECTRONICS WX210 - WX240
4100730
Fig. 2
Description Wiring
The microcontroller network is shown in the dia- The two bus lines are twisted 30 times per meter
gram. against each other (twisted pair).
Each of the electronic components is equipped Reason: Disturbing influences would act on both
with its own microcontroller. lines.
Two CAN buses CAN1 and CAN2 are used in the
mobile excavators. This ensures that the modules
interlinked at CAN bus 1, e.g. central electronic
unit/CU, display C4, keyboard modules C51, C52,
C53, and the PCS can operate independently of
the modules of the electrohydraulic servo control
which are interlinked at CAN bus 2.
Both CAN buses are equipped at their ends with
terminating resistors.
The terminating resistors for CAN1 are housed on
the one hand in the display C4 and on the other
hand in the ESX.
The terminating resistors for CAN2 are located in Fig. 3
the ESX and in the left joystick.
The twisting of the two lines is shown as above in
the circuit diagram.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 ELECTRONICS 4 - 13
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
4 - 14 ELECTRONICS WX210 - WX240
K-ESX
K10.1
K100
K10.1
Fig. 1
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 ELECTRONICS 4 - 15
Fig. 3
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
4 - 16 ELECTRONICS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 1
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 ELECTRONICS 4 - 17
4100732
Fig. 2
Description
The multi-function display is equipped with:
- a display screen with 128x64 pixels
- three keys Up/Down/Set
- seven pilot lamps
4100733
- two warning lamps for fault messages Fig. 3
The internal micro-controller is programmable via The three key-board modules are eqipped with
diagnosis socket A10X4 for CAN BUS 1. four keys each. A key can be depressed repeat-
It is programmable with a software for the pro- edly for two or more switching states. A press on
gram and another software for texts, graphics and a key is acknowledged by the tactile touch keys.
languages. Some of the keys have LEDs above them.
- Module C5.1 has 2 LEDs
- Module C5.2 has 7 LEDs
- Module C5.3 has 4 LEDs
After depressing a key with an LED, the LED does
not light up immediately but with a delay.
The LEDs have acknowledging function. They
light up only after the switching process of a sole-
noid valve has been detected from the corre-
sponding flow of current.
Each key-board module has its own micro-
controller with the same software. The modules
are not programmable.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
4 - 18 ELECTRONICS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 4
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 ELECTRONICS 4 - 19
Fig. 5 Fig. 6
Description Description
The picture shows the fuse box on the right behind To permit data exchange with other electronic sys-
the driver's seat and the diagnosis sockets. tems, the device is provided with two CAN bus
interfaces in acc. with CAN specification 2.0 B and
The upper socket is the diagnosis socket A10X4
an RS232-interface to permit connecting several
for CAN bus 1 and all electronic components con-
micro-controllers via the CAN bus.
nected to it.
A10X4 can be used for connection of a service tool Technical data
(in preparation) by means of an adapter. Type: C167 CS
The central electronic unit (A100) and the multi- Interfaces:
function display (C4) can be programmed flash-
loaded with the service tool. - 2x CAN-Bus
The lower diagnosis socket is the socket A7.3X4 - 1x RS232
for CAN bus 2. This socket is used to program the In / Out:
electro-hydraulic control in the factory of the manu-
facturer. - 17x PWM-outputs with current control
- 7x PWM-outputs
- 8x analogue inputs (0..8,5V or 0..20mA)
- 16x digital inputs
68 PIN connector
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
4 - 20 ELECTRONICS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 31
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 ELECTRONICS 4 - 21
Fig. 7
Fig. 8
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
4 - 22 ELECTRONICS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 1
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 ELECTRONICS 4 - 23
Fig. 3
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
4 - 24 ELECTRONICS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 4
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 ELECTRONICS 4 - 25
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
4 - 26 ELECTRONICS WX210 - WX240
Joystick characteristics
Fig. 6
Fig. 7 Fig. 8
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 ELECTRONICS 4 - 27
Description
The two diagrams show the characteristics for the The characteristics of the X-axis show the trans-
left and right joystick. verse movement of the joystick handle.
The characteristics of the Y-axis show the forward Digit output starts at a joystick handle deflection of
and reverse movement of the joystick handle and >0.7°.
the change in digit value in relation to the angular In the X- and in the Y-axis, 512 digits are put out
deflection. in the event of full deflection from the zero posi-
tion.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
4 - 28 ELECTRONICS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 9
Description
The joysticks are manually controlled pulse gen- During this process, all joystick and pedal func-
erators that permit the handle to be swivelled in tions are deactivated and a re-start of the unit is
any direction. The swivelling / pedal movements initiated.
are picked up by sensors and put out via the inter- The position of the joystick handle, i.e. the angular
faces as digital signals. deflection into one or more directions, is regis-
tered in the same way for all joysticks. Four Hall-
Joystick/pedal position detection and
effect sensors (two for X-direction and two for Y-
evaluation direction) are mounted on a fixed p.c. board in the
The position of the movement axes is detected joystick housing. An annular magnet is attached to
contact-free by Hall-effect sensors. Two Hall- the articulated cardan joint at the top of which the
effect sensors per movement axis are used to joystick handle is located. On deflection of the
ensure that the joystick operates correctly. The joystick handle into one direction, the distance of
plausibility control of the signals is based on re- the annular magnet from the sensors located in
dundant signal evaluation, i.e. the internal micro- movement direction is reduced or increased. The
controller computes from the measured value of a resulting changes in the output voltages of the
Hall-effect sensor the probable value of the other Hall-effect sensors are converted by the controller
sensor and then compares the computed with the into a digital value and can thus be further proc-
measured value. If the difference between the two essed.
values exceeds a defined tolerance window, a
The definitive output signal results as a digital
troubleshooting routine comes into force.
value from conversion, amplification and calibra-
tion.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 ELECTRONICS 4 - 29
Fig. 10
Temperature compensation
Temperature compensation is used to reduce the The 5V supply is monitored by a reset controller. If
unavoidable influencing of the signals in their digi- the supply voltage falls below 4.5V, the reset con-
tal/analog conversion through changes in ambient troller generates a reset signal that resets the
temperature. This compensation is executed sub- supervisory controller (SC) directly. With the re-
sequent to the A/D conversion in the microcontrol- setting of the SC, the main controller (MC) is also
ler by a software program, with the actual ambient automatically reset; it is kept in this state until the
temperature being ascertained by an integrated SC goes through its initialization procedure again.
temperature sensor and used for computation Only then is the MC released from the reset status
purposes. This procedure ensures high stability of by the SC.
the output signals, irrespective of fluctuations in
Reverse voltage protection
ambient temperature, in a broad temperature
range from -40°C to +85°C. Joystick/pedals have reverse voltage protection at
the inputs. In addition, the inputs of the supply
Power supply voltage and the outputs of the circuit are protected
The power supply of the controller is designed for against positive and negative voltage peaks by
an input voltage ranging from 8V to 30V DC. 600W suppressor diodes.
It supplies the electronic system with a controlled
voltage of 5V.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
4 - 30 ELECTRONICS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 11
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 ELECTRONICS 4 - 31
Fig. 13
Fig. 14
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
4 - 32 ELECTRONICS WX210 - WX240
Diagnostic connector A7.3X4 The photo shows the fuse box on the right behind
the operator’s seat and the diagnostic connectors.
The lower connector is diagnostic connector
A7.3X4 for CAN bus 2. Using this connector, the
ESX controller for the electrohydraulic control with
the relevant electronic components is programmed
at the factory.
The upper connector is diagnostic connector
A10X4 for CAN bus 1 and all electronic compo-
nents connected to it.
A service tool (in preparation) can be connected at
A10X4 by means of an adapter.
The central electronic unit (A100) and the multi-
Fig. 15
function display (C4) are programmable / flashable
with the service tool.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 ELECTRONICS 4 - 33
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
4 - 34 ELECTRONICS WX210 - WX240
Schematic Description
Coding of the ESX controller is performed at the
factory of the manufacturer before the machines
are delivered.
The cable harness to the ESX comprises connec-
tors XC1, XC2 and XC3.
Connector XC1 permits changing the SAE control
to other control systems by means of different cod-
ing jumpers.
Connector XC2 is equipped with coding jumpers
for boom-adjusting equipment or for mono-block
boom equipment.
If the boom (adjustable boom versus mono-block
boom or vice versa) is replaced, the coding jump-
Fig. 1 ers must also be replaced.
Connector XC3 is provided with the standard cod-
ing jumpers.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 ELECTRONICS 4 - 35
Fig. 33
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
4 - 36 ELECTRONICS WX210 - WX240
4100746
Fig. 1
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 ELECTRONICS 4 - 37
GLR Load limit regulator A10: contains the machine-specific parameters, controls with the CU
the speed-changer motor (speed actuator) M10, records the engine speed and specifies
setpoint speeds as reference speeds for working/travelling, registers the temperatures,
controls the fan speed, influences via proportional valve Y10 the output of the main
pumps A 8 V.
C4 Display, including setting of various performance parameters for hammers and other
attachments apart from shears.
C5.1 Keyboard module for 7-stage speed adjustment, Auto Idle and Low Idle
C5.2 Keyboard module including for travel on the highway
C5.3
CU Central electronic unit, including for the control of the speed actuator motor M10
M10 Speed actuator motor
B10.1 Diesel engine speed sensor, pick-up
B13.1 Coolant temperature sensor, diesel engine
R10.3 Charge air temperature sensor, diesel engine
R14 Hydraulic oil temperature sensor, hydraulic system
Y10 Proportional valve for output adjustment of main pumps A8V
A8V, X3 Main pumps P1 and P2 with connection X3 and pressure measuring point
Y131 Proportional valve for fan speed control
ESX Controller for electrohydraulic control, including output of current ratings via CAN1 to the
load limit regulator for hammer/shears co
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
4 - 38 ELECTRONICS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 2
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 ELECTRONICS 4 - 39
Fig. 3
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
4 - 40 ELECTRONICS WX210 - WX240
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 ELECTRONICS 4 - 41
400 0
Hochdruck in bar
PCS-Druck in bar
100% Motorleistung
350 für 1 Pumpe 5
300 10
95% Motorleistung
für 2 Pumpen
85% Motorleistung
250 15
für 2 Pumpen
80% Motorleistung
für 2 Pumpen
200 20
75% Motorleistung
für 2 Pumpen
70% Motorleistung
150 für 2 Pumpen 25
65% Motorleistung
für 2 Pumpen
100 30
50 35
0 40
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180
Volumenstrom in l/min
Fig. 5
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
4 - 42 ELECTRONICS WX210 - WX240
PCS 40000499-en
Fig. 8
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 ELECTRONICS 4 - 43
1 Power supply
2 PWM1 output, proportional valve Y10
3 PWM2 output, proportional valve
Y207b
4 PWM3 output, proportional valve
Y207a
5 Input from B13.1, coolant temperature
6 Input from R10.3, charge-air tempera-
ture
Fig. 1
7 Input from R14, hydraulic oil tempera-
ture
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Fig. 2
18 Output, fan control Y131
19
20
21 CAN1 High to CU A100
22 CAN1 Low to CU A100
23
24 Input from sensor B10.1
25 Ground, cable cross-section 2.5 mm²
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
4 - 44 ELECTRONICS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 3
Pin assignment:
PIN 1 motor
PIN 2 potentiometer
PIN 3 potentiometer/back check
PIN 4 potentiometer
PIN 5 motor
Fig. 4
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 ELECTRONICS 4 - 45
Decription
The speed actuator converts the speed stages
preselected at key-board module C5.1 into diesel
engine speeds.
The PWM signals from the CU set the actuator
lever to different positions. This lever actuates the
injection pump lever via a linkage.
See also circuit diagram 8900298 sheet 10, speed
actuator, at the end of this section.
Fig. 5
Fitting instructions:
Installation of speed actuator M10 with link-
age:
- The dimensions specified must be observed
during fitting
- Carry out calibration after fitting.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
4 - 46 ELECTRONICS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 6
Description
When the diesel engine is running, the load-limit
regulator A10 receives permanently a frequency
signal from the speed sensor (inductive pickup)
B10.1.
The inductive pickup is screwed into the fly-wheel
housing of the engine opposite the toothing.
The frequency signal is derived from the alterna-
Fig. 7
tion between tooth and spacewidth in the induc-
tion field of the sensor. FITTING INSTRUCTION
The speed signal is used by the load-limit regula- The sensor must be screwed completely down
tor to determine the load condition of the diesel into the fly-wheel with the connector unplugged.
engine.
The sensor must then be turned back by ½ turn
and secured with the hex locknut size 24.
Technical characteristics:
Thread ¾“ 16 UNF
Coil resistance at 20°C = 450 Ω+/-20 Ω
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 ELECTRONICS 4 - 47
Fig. 8
Description
For coolant temperature monitoring, temperature
sensor B13.1 is screwed into the cylinder head of
the engine.
The sensor is an NTC resistor reducing its electri-
cal resistance with increasing temperature.
FITTING INSTRUCTION:
Tightening torque 20 to 30 Nm
Fig. 9
Technical characteristics:
Thread ½“ x 14 PTF
PIN A Grid heater controller
Table: Resistance = f (temperature)
PIN B Load-limit regulator
t (°C) Resistance (Ω)
PIN C Ground
0 5466 – 5896
10 3542 – 3792
20 2351 – 2500
25 1941 – 2057
30 1615 – 1707
40 1118 – 1175
50 798 – 834
60 573 – 596
70 421 – 435
80 313 – 323
90 237 – 243
100 182 – 186
110 140 – 144
120 109 – 113
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
4 - 48 ELECTRONICS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 10
Description
Temperature sensor R10.3 senses the charge-air
temperature at the radiator outlet or at the mani-
fold inlet.
The sensor is an NTC resistor reducing its electri-
cal resistance with rising temperature.
FITTING INSTRUCTION:
Tightening torque 20 Nm
Technical characteristics: Fig. 11
Thread M14x1.5
Table: Resistance = f (temperature)
t (°C) Resistance PIN1 Load-limit regulator
0 2700 – 3300 PIN2 Ground
10 1600 – 2000
20 1000 – 1280
25 890 – 970
30 650 – 800
40 430 – 530
50 290 – 350
60 200 – 240
70 140 – 170
80 100 – 120
90 77 – 90
100 58 – 67
110 44 – 50
120 35 – 39
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 ELECTRONICS 4 - 49
Fig. 12
Description
To determine the hydraulic oil temperature, tem-
perature sensor R14 is provided.
The sensor is installed at the hydraulic reservoir
besides the suction line for the main pumps.
The sensor is an NTC resistor reducing its electri-
cal resistance with rising temperature.
FITTING INSTRUCTION:
Tightening torque 20 Nm
Fig. 13
Technical characteristics:
Thread M14x1.5
PIN1 Load-limit regulator
Table: Resistance = f (temperature)
PIN2 Ground
t (°C) Resistance
20 1038 – 1268
30 701 – 839
40 450 – 540
50 331 – 389
60 214 – 250
70 166 – 194
80 116 – 134
90 80 – 92
100 60 – 68
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
4 - 50 ELECTRONICS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 14
Characteristic curve of proportional valve Y10,
Description control pressure as a function of control current:
The proportional valve converts the control current
transmitted by load-limit regulator A10 into control
pressure.
The control pressure is admitted via port X3 to
both pump regulators of the main pumps A 8 V.
Proportional valve Y10 is installed in the pilot con-
trol unit where the pilot pressure is available at the
control piston of the proportional valve.
Emergency operation
The proportional valve is equipped with an emer-
gency operation device.
In the event of a PCS fault and an resulting en-
gine speed reduction, the absorbed power of the
main pumps A 8 V can be reduced to such an
extent that the diesel engine is no longer signifi-
cantly throttled during the work.
Withdraw the connector from the proportional
valve.
Turn hex-screw in by abt. 2 turns after loosening
the locknut.
Let the engine run at maximum speed and load by
moving the stick cylinder against block and by Fig. 15
maintaining it there with an additional slewing
motion of the superstructure of more than ½ turn.
Observe the engine speed during the process:
If the engine is still throttled, turn hex-screw fur-
ther down.
If the engine maintains its speed under load and if
the machine moves only slowly, the hex -screw
has been turned into far.
The emergency operation is properly adjusted if
the machine can be used for working without con-
siderable engine throttling.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 ELECTRONICS 4 - 51
Measuring point X3
X3
Fig. 17
Fig. 16
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
4 - 52 ELECTRONICS WX210 - WX240
Technical characteristics:
Rated voltage 24 V
Coil resistance at 20°C: 25 Ω
Fig. 18
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 ELECTRONICS 4 - 53
Fig. 20
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
4 - 54 ELECTRONICS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 4
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 ELECTRONICS 4 - 55
Fig. 10
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
4 - 56 ELECTRONICS WX210 - WX240
NOTES
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
Service manual
Section 5 Hydraulics
WX210 - WX240
9-91270
5-2 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
The data contained in this handbook were valid at the time of publication. As we constantly
endeavour to improve our products and to provide additional options, modifications or
changes made in this context may have an impact on the procedures described in this
handbook. Please contact your local dealer if you find any discrepancies.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5-3
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5-4 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Table of contents
CONTROL .................................................................................................... 12
Introduction ................................................................................................................................... 12
Overview ........................................................................................................................................ 13
DRIVE UNIT.................................................................................................. 32
Drive unit, variable displacement twin pump – output regulator (No. 3) ................................. 38
Drive unit, variable displacement twin pump - output regulator (No. 3)....................................................... 38
Output regulation by load-sensing pressure ................................................................................................ 39
Output regulation by pump high pressure.................................................................................................... 41
Output regulation by load-limit control ......................................................................................................... 43
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5-5
CONTROL BLOCK....................................................................................... 48
Control block for monoblock boom equipment with hammer / shears ................................... 52
Description ................................................................................................................................................... 53
Control block for boom adjusting equipment with hammer / shears ...................................... 54
Description ................................................................................................................................................... 55
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5-6 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Description .................................................................................................................................... 75
Neutral position ............................................................................................................................................ 75
Before travelling ........................................................................................................................................... 75
Start of the travel function ............................................................................................................................ 75
Forward travel .............................................................................................................................................. 75
Reverse travel .............................................................................................................................................. 75
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5-7
Description .................................................................................................................................... 91
Neutral position ............................................................................................................................................ 91
Prior to travelling .......................................................................................................................................... 91
Start of the travel function ............................................................................................................................ 91
Forward speed ............................................................................................................................................. 91
Additional supply in forward travel ............................................................................................................... 91
Reverse........................................................................................................................................................ 91
Travel oil motor type A6VM for 25/30 km/h, (No. 102) ............................................................... 94
Description ................................................................................................................................................... 94
Downhill........................................................................................................................................................ 94
Travel oil motor (25 and 30 km/h) with disconnectable hydraulic 'Vgz'
adjustment (No. 102)..................................................................................................................... 95
Description ................................................................................................................................................... 95
Replenishing system (for 25 and 30 km/h version) (Nos. 13 and 14)..................................... 106
Replenishing system, description .............................................................................................................. 106
Brake system in superstructure and undercarriage with Nos. 40, 41, 43, 44........................ 107
Superstructure............................................................................................................................................ 107
Undercarriage ............................................................................................................................................ 107
Pedal brake valve (No. 41) ........................................................................................................................ 108
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5-8 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
UNDERCARRIAGE, STABILIZERS............................................................110
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5-9
Pressure compensator, relief valve and LS pressure limiting valve ..................................... 157
Relief valve................................................................................................................................................. 158
Parallel actuation of boom, bucket, adjusting and stick cylinder .......................................... 162
Description ................................................................................................................................................. 163
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 10 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Hammer circuit with auxiliary function, e.g. shears with monoblock equipment................. 194
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 11
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 12 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
CONTROL 40000307-en
Introduction
The description of the machine control is divided
into 3 parts:
- Automotive electrical system
- Electronic systems with
the central electronic unit,
the electro-hydraulic pilot control and
the electronic load-limit regulation.
- Hydraulic system described according to the
power flow in the machine and the individual
functions and combined functions.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 13
Overview
The hydraulic system consists of several circuits:
the pilot-control circuit, the working hydraulics cir-
cuit, the slewing circuit, the braking and steering
circuit and an optional auxiliary circuit.
The pilot-control circuit governs the pump control,
the load-limit regulation, the control spool adjust-
ment, the switching circuits of the superstructure
and undercarriage control.
The working circuit supplies the working equip-
ment, the undercarriage stabilization, the travel
drive and the auxiliary units with oil.
The slewing circuit is a separate circuit to ensure
slewing of the supersturcture.
Another circuit supplies the brake system, steering
system and the radiator fan drive.
The optional auxiliary circuit controls the grab rota-
tion motor, the slewable trenching backhoe bucket
or other tools.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 14 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
10
7
5.1
5.2
6
5.3
5.4
15
5.5
5.6
5.7
2
13
17
4.1
11
12 3
16
1 14
19 4.2
18
Fig. 1
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 15
Legend
1 Diesel engine The variable displacement twin pumps P1 and P2
draw in hydraulic oil from the hydraulic reservoir.
2 Hydraulic reservoir
The pressure line of pump 1 is flange-mounted on
3 Air-intake line
the right side of the control block, viewed in the
4 Variable displacement twin pump: sense of driving.
4.1 Pressure line of pump 1 The oil from pump 1 flows in succession to the
travel control spool, the boom control spool, the
4.2 Pressure line of pump 2 bucket control spool, the stick control spool and on
5 Control block with control spools for: through the reservoir channel, hydraulic oil cooler
and return-flow filter back into the reservoir.
5.1 Travelling
The pressure line of pump 2 is flange-mounted on
5.2 Stabilizers the left side of the control block. The oil from pump
5.3 Boom 2 flows in succession to the auxiliary control spool
for hammer/shears, the adjusting cylinder control
5.4 Backhoe bucket spool, the stick cylinder control spool, the bucket
5.5 Stick control spool, the boom control spool, the stabilizer
control spool and on through the reservoir channel,
5.6 Adjusting cylinder hydraulic oil cooler and return-flow filter back into
5.7 Hammer/shears (optional) the reservoir.
6 Rotor Pumps P 1 and P 2 supply the oil depending on
control spool position to the travel motor and the
7 Boom cylinder cylinders. The return oil flows via differential pres-
8 Adjusting cylinder sure valves and, depending on viscosity, through
the oil cooler or directly through the return-flow
9 Stick cylinder filter back into the reservoir.
10 Bucket cylinder The slewing circuit is a closed hydraulic circuit.
11 Return-flow line The pump discharges directly to the oil motor and
the returning oil flows back to the reservoir. Oil
12 Hydraulic oil cooler losses due to leakage are supplemented by an
13 Return-flow filter integrated auxiliary pump. The auxiliary or feed
pump draws in oil from the hydraulic reservoir and
14 Slewing pump maintains the pressure inside the closed circuit.
15 Slewing motor The different superstructure slewing directions are
accomplished by reversing the pumping direction.
16 Pilot-control pump
The pilot-control pump draws in oil from the vari-
17 Pilot-control unit able displacement twin pump housing. The pilot oil
18 Steering and fan pump feeds the pilot-control unit with the pressure-
limiting function. Excess oil not needed for control
19 Brake and grab rotation pump actions flows back to the reservoir via the pres-
sure-limiting valve. After limiting, the pilot pressure
is made available to the switching circuits, the con-
Oil flow through control block trol block for control spool variation and to the un-
dercarriage switching circuits.
Pump 1 Pump 2
Travel motor Hammer/Shears
Boom cylinder Adjusting cylinder
Bucket cylinder Stick cylinder
Stick cylinder Bucket cylinder
Boom cylinder
Stabilization
Tank
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 16 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
12
11
9
4
10
3
Fig. 1
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 17
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 18 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Hydraulic circuit diagram WX210 with monoblock boom equipment - Part number 4530257
Hydraulic circuit diagram WX210 with boom adjusting equipment - Part number 4530256
Hydraulic circuit diagram WX240 with monoblock boom equipment - Part number 4530259
Hydraulic circuit diagram WX240 with boom adjusting equipment - Part number 4530258
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 19
Fig. 1
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 20 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 2
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 21
Fig. 3
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 22 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 4
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 23
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 24 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Legend
75. Hydraulic rotor with 10 channels
102. Travel oil motor A 6 VM HA with travel brake valve MHB for 20 km/h axle
102. Travel oil motor A 6 VM HA with travel brake valve MHB and adjustment with shutoff only for 25 km/h or 30 km/h axle
104. Nitrogen accumulator for parking brake action delay in conjunction with restrictor ∅ 1 mm
106. Pressure switch S16.1 for parking brake pilot lamp, opening pressure = 30 bars
107. Solenoid valves Y48.3 and Y48.4 for outrigger individual control, sheet 3 of 7
107. Solenoid valves Y48.1 and Y48.4 for levelling blade/outrigger switch-over, sheet 4 of 7
107. Solenoid valves Y48.1 and Y48.4 for switching of stabilization right-hand side / left-hand side, sheet 5 of 7
108. Solenoid valves Y48.1, Y48.3 and Y48.4 for levelling blade / outrigger individual control, sheet 6 of 7
109. Solenoid valves Y48.1, Y48.2, Y48.3 and Y48.4 for outrigger individual control, sheet 7 of 7
111. Floating-axle cylinder with integrated shutoff valve and restrictor non-return valves
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 25
Fig. 1
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 26 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 2
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 27
Fig. 3
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 28 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 4
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 29
Fig. 5
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 30 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 6
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 31
Fig. 7
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 32 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 1
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 33
Elements
Description
The drive unit is essentially composed of the diesel engine, the multicircuit pump unit, the auxiliary pumps
and the hydraulic reservoir.
The diesel engine (1) is a CNH engine belonging to the New Engine Family series (NEF). It is a 6-cylinder
inline engine with exhaust turbocharger and downstream charge air cooler.
The multicircuit pump unit (2) is driven from the engine via a flexible coupling and comprises variable dis-
placement twin pump (3) with integrated pilot-control pump and slewing pump (4).
A double gear pump (230) is mounted on the engine P.T.O. The first pump is provided for the slewing circuit,
the fan drive and the optional replenishment unit. The second pump feeds the braking circuit and the grab
rotation motor.
The hydraulic reservoir (20) supplies the pumps with clean and cooled oil. The variable displacement twin
pump (3) draws in oil through port S. The integrated pilot-control pump draws in oil from the housing of the
variable displacement twin pump. The auxiliary pump (feed pump) integrated in slewing pump (4) draws in oil
through a separate line.
The double pump draw in oil from the reservoir through an independent line.
230
Fig. 2
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 34 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
3 1
Fig. 3
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 35
Fig. 4
The pump unit comprises a transfer gearbox, the The variable displacement twin pump (2) consists
variable displacement twin pump, the slewing of two axial piston pumps in bent-axis design
pump and a pilot-control pump. housed in the same casing. Each of the pumps
has its own output regulator with which the dis-
The transfer gearbox (1) is driven from the engine
charge volume can be varied independently of the
via a flexible coupling.
other pump.
Two of the four gears of the transfer box constitute
The pilot-control pump (3) is a gear pump.
the drive of the variable displacement twin pump
(2). An intermediate gear drives the pilot-control The slewing pump (4) is an axial piston pump in
pump (3) and the PTO to the slewing pump (4). swash-plate design. The tilting angle of the swash-
plate determines the superstructure slewing speed.
The transmission ratio between the drive and the
The tilting direction of the swash-plate determines
variable displacement pump and the slewing pump
the slewing direction of the superstructure.
is 1.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 36 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
2 6 8
A2 1 A1
7 A1
A2
Fig. 1
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 37
Fig. 2
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 38 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Drive unit, variable displacement twin pump – output regulator (No. 3) 40000329-en
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 39
X1
1
Y3
HD
X3
control chamber
pressure
Y3 Pilot-control pressure 7
X1 Load-sensing pressure
HD Pump pressure A
X3 Control pressure, load-limit 9
A Control chamber pressure
Fig. 1
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 40 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 41
16
X1
11
10
15
14
13
12 19
17
18 Y3
X3
control chamber
3 HD pressure
Fig. 3
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 42 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 5
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 43
16
X1
11
10
15
14
13
12 19
17
18 Y3
X3
control chamber
3 pressure
HD
Fig. 6
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 44 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Description Example 3
The sum of the installed hydraulic power of all With a pump pressure of 210 bars and a control
pumps exceeds the engine power installed. The pressure at X3 of 25.8 bars, the pump discharges
electronic load-limit regulation now intervenes in a flow of 120 l/min.
the output regulation of the variable displacement
twin pump in such a way that the discharge flow of
the pumps is reduced until the total hydraulic
power absorbed corresponds to the engine power
supplied.
For output regulation of the variable displacement
twin pump, the pump regulators are fed with a con-
trol pressure from the load-limit regulation which
rises when the engine is overloaded and which
drops when the engine loading diminishes.
This variable control pressure acts through port X3
on both pump regulators. The step pistons (13) of
both pump regulators receive pressure on the up-
per measuring surface, where a downward hydrau-
lic force is generated. This force is added to the
hydraulic force existing due to the pump high pres-
sure at the lower measuring surface of step piston
(13).
Since the pressures of pump 1 and pump 2 are
seldom at the same level during working, the ad-
justing forces resulting at the output regulators
lead to a different control behaviour. Fig. 7
Fig. 8
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 45
pilot-control port A3
1 2 3
Fig. 1
Legend Description
The gear pump supplies oil to the pilot-control cir-
1 Gear pump cuit.
2 Seals The pump is driven from the transfer gearbox of
the variable displacement twin pump. In operation,
3 Variable displacement twin pump the gear pump draws in oil from the housing of the
variable displacement twin pump. The two gear-
wheels in mesh convey the fluid between the
tooth-flanks from the suction side to pressure port
A3 and from there further into the pilot-control sys-
tem.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 46 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 1
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 47
Fig. 1
Legend
1 Reservoir Oil pressure switch S15 on the filter chamber
monitors the filter operation. The switch contact
2 Return-flow filter element
closes when the filter element is contaminated and
3 Breather filter when the back-pressure becomes inadmissibly
high, triggering an optical and an acoustic warning
4 Oil drain plug signal.
5 Oil level indicator The breather filter protects the oil against ambient
6 Pressure switch S15 influences. An integrated double-acting valve en-
sures on the one hand that the atmospheric pres-
7 Temperature sensor R14 sure can get into the resevoir when the oil level
8 Screw plug descends until the admissible pressure is reached
and on the other hand that the pressure in the res-
Description ervoir is limited when the volume changes due to
oil heating or after retracting of working cylinders.
The hydraulic reservoir serves the purpose of stor-
ing hydraulic oil. It is also equipped with a filter The temperature sensor R14 is an NTC resistor
chamber for the return-flow filter. and senses the hydraulic oil temperature. The
temperature signal is transmitted to the load-limit
The cover in the center of the reservoir with the
regulator for temperature monitoring purposes.
breather filter closes the inspection opening.
Various connecting ports for return-flow lines to the
filter chamber, for return-flow lines below the filter
chamber and for the suction line are welded into
the outside of the reservoir wall. The oil drain plug
is located at the bottom.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 48 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 1
Legend
1 Primary pressure-limiting valve pump 1
2 Primary pressure-limiting valve pump 2
3 LS pressure-limiting valve
4 Relief valve
5 Load-holding valves pump 1
6 Load-holding valves pump 2
7 Plug
P1 Port pump 1
M1 Pressure measuring point pump 1
B211 Pressure sensor pump 1 at port S1
T1 Tank connection to reservoir
T2 Tank connection to oil cooler
L Leakage line connection (pressureless to tank)
PF Pilot-control pressure port (only for travel function)
A1.1 Replenishing port during travelling (only with 25 km/h and 30 km/h versions)
B239 Pressure sensor at port MS
SV Secondary pressure-limiting valve for adjusting cylinder piston side
Y20xa Proportional valves for upper caps
Y20xb Proportional valves for lower caps
Î
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 49
3 5 7
1
2
10
M2
B210
P2
B10
DW
DW
13
13
11 12 4 6 8 9
Fig. 2
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 50 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 3
In following tables there are the solenoid valves and the corresponding working functions:
No. Description
Y201a Forward travel
Y201b Reverse travel
Y202a Stabilizing cylinder retract / stabilizers up
Y202b Stabilizing cylinder extend / stabilizers down
Y203a Boom cylinder retract / lower equipment
Y203b Boom cylinder extend / raise equipment
Y204a Bucket cylinder extend / fill bucket
Y204b Bucket cylinder retract / empty bucket
Y205a Stick cylinder extend / lower stick
Y205b Stick cylinder retract / raise stick
Y206a Boom adjusting cylinder retract / raise upper boom section
Y206b Boom adjusting cylinder extend / lower upper boom section
PV Pilot-pressure port for cylinder functions
IMPORTANT:
In machines with monoblock equipment, the boom adjusting cylinder control block can be equipped with
proportional valves Y206a and Y206b for auxiliary equipment such as hydraulic hammer and/or shears.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 51
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 52 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Control block for monoblock boom equipment with hammer / shears 40000540-en
Fig. 1
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 53
Channel P01 directs the oil flow to the travel spool The valve of the bucket parallel circuit opens and
with a branch-off ahead of the spool to a load- or the oil flow from pump 2 joins the oil flow from
pressure holding valve. The load-holding valve pump 1.
opens and the oil is available for further work at the Both pumps supply partial oil volumes for the
travel spool. The oil flow by-passes the stabilizer bucket parallel circuit.
spool and reaches the boom spool. A branch-off
ahead of the spool directs the oil flow also via an- Channel P2 passes through the blanking plate (55)
other load-holding valve to the boom spool. The oil and continues as channel P02 through the control
flows then to the bucket spool and is also available block.
to the bucket spool via a load-holding valve. The In zero position of the adjusting spool, the oil flows
oil passes then to the stick spool with a branch-off to the stick spool with a branch-off ahead of the
directing the oil also via a load-holding valve to the spool via a load-holding valve to the stick spool.
stick spool. The oil flow by-passes the adjusting The oil passes to the bucket spool with a load-
spool (neck spool) and reaches the tank channel. holding valve opening the passage for the oil flow-
ing to the bucket spool. The next spool to receive
oil is the boom spool. This oil is also available via a
load-holding valve to the boom function.
The oil flows then to the stabilizer spool and is also
available to this spool via another load-holding
valve. The oil from pump 2 then flows past the
travel spool into the tank channel.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 54 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 1
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 55
Channel P01 directs the oil flow to the travel spool The valve of the bucket parallel circuit opens and
with a branch-off ahead of the spool to a load- or the oil flow from pump 2 joins the oil flow from
pressure holding valve The load-holding valve pump 1. Both pumps supply partial oil volumes for
opens and the oil is available for further work at the the bucket parallel circuit.
travel spool. The oil flow by-passes the stabilizer Channel P2 passes into the supplementary control
spool and reaches the boom spool A branch-off block (52) to another pressure compensator, which
ahead of the spool directs the oil flow also via an- is assigned to the hammer/shears function.
other load-holding valve to the boom spool. The oil
flows then to the bucket spool and is also available Together with the pressure compensator, the ESX-
at the bucket spool via a load-holding valve. The controlled solenoid valve Y239.2 offers the possi-
oil passes then to the stick spool with a branch-off bility of selecting four different power levels, e.g.
directing the oil also via a load-holding valve to the for four hydraulic hammers of different size.
stick spool. The oil flow by-passes the adjusting A bore in cover plate (55) ensures the connection
spool (neck spool) and reaches the tank channel. between channel P2 and channel P02. In zero
position of the adjusting spool, the oil flows past
this spool to the stick spool with a branch-off
ahead of the spool via a load-holding valve to the
stick spool. The oil passes to the bucket spool with
a load-holding valve opening the passage for the
oil flowing to the bucket spool. The next spool to
receive oil is the boom spool. This oil is also avail-
able via a load-holding valve to the boom function.
The oil flows then to the stabilizer spool and is also
available to this spool via another load-holding
valve. The oil from pump 2 then flows past the
travel spool into the tank channel.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 56 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
High pressure
Fig. 2
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 57
Tank channel – preloading valves Tank channel – preloading valves (T1 and
T2), description
The return oil from the tank channel of the control
block must flow back to the hydraulic reservoir
through the parallel non-return valves in port T1
and in port T2. To open the valves, the valve pop-
pets must be pushed backwards against the spring
forces.
As far as the valve in T2 is concerned, the cooler
flow resistance must be added to these forces.
This outflow resistance generates the preloading
pressure in the tank channel. The amount of the
preloading pressure is also determined by the re-
Fig. 3 turn-flow volume. A large volume of oil requires a
great drain cross-section, which means that the
valve poppet must open further so that the spring
under the poppet is compressed more strongly.
This preloading pressure ensures the oil supply of
Tank channel the cylinders and the travel oil motor via the re-
plenishing non-return valves.
The non-return valve in T1 is equipped with a 5-bar
spring whereas the valve in T2 is equipped with a
2-bar spring.
The amount of return oil drained through the valve
in T2, must overcome the force of the 2-bar spring
plus the viscosity-dependent cooler flow resis-
tance. When the oil is cold, the overall resistance
is higher and part of the volume is drained through
the 5-bar valve in T1. The cooling oil volume is
regulated by the differential resistances in T1 and
in T2 depending on viscosity. reguliert.
The 5-bar valve in T1 protects in addition the radia-
tor against inadmissibly high pressures.
The by-pass bore, parallel to the valve in T2,
Fig. 4
serves as a pressure relief for the tank channel
after engine stop.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 58 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
No. Description
1 Valve housing
2 Main piston
3 Spring compartment with spring
4 Pilot control piston, pilot valve
5 Spring
6 Valve adjusting screw
7 Lock-nut
A Rod side
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 59
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 60 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 9
4
0 450 bar
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 61
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 62 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 1
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 63
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 64 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
64 S290
61
63 64 S113.4
60
Y242
Y63 Y290
Y241
Y35
Y113
Y10
Fig. 1
Legend
60 Pilot control unit, base unit with four sole- 64 Pressure switch S113.4 for monitoring of
noid valves activation and deactivation of pilot control
pressure
61 Load-sensing unit with proportional valves
Y241 and Y242 64 Pressure switch S290 for monitoring of
activation and deactivation of the pilot
63 Solenoid Y63 for power assist and
control pressure for travelling
POWER BOOST functions
Î
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 65
Fig. 2
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 66 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 2
Fig. 1
Legend
P Pilot-control pressure
A3 Control pressure to power regulator
L Tank connection, pressureless
1 Valve housing
2 Solenoid
3 Plunger
4 Control piston
5 Spring plate
6 Compensator spring
7 Emergency control
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 67
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 68 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
61
63 64 S113.4
60
Y242
Y63 Y290
Y241
Y35
Y113
Y10
Fig. 3
Solenoid valve Y35 for the superstructure Solenoid valve Y113 for pilot pressure
holding brake in the slewing gearbox activation and deactivation
Description Description
Solenoid valve Y35 actuates the holding brake in Solenoid valve Y113 switches the pilot pressure
the slewing gearbox. In zero position, the holding for all working functions except travelling.
brake is connected via port A2 to tank port T of
When the pilot control is off, the valve is in zero
the base unit.
position. The flow of pilot pressure oil to the con-
The brake is then without pressure and blocked trol block and to the slewing pump is then inter-
by spring force. rupted. In this case, the pilot-control circuit at port
A1 is connected to port L from where the oil re-
When the solenoid is engergized, the control pis-
turns pressureless to the reservoir.
ton is displaced and the pilot pressure gets to the
piston of the multi-disk brake. The piston pushes After activation of the pilot control, the solenoid
the springs back and the brake disks are released displaces the control piston which lets pilot-control
so that the superstructure can be slewed. pressure oil flow to the porportional valves on the
control block and to the slewing pump.
Solenoid valve Y 35 is additionally equipped with
a mechanical emergency control device. Valve Y113 is equipped with an emergency con-
trol device permitting the adjustment of the control
In the event of electrical failure, the screw pro-
piston in the event of system failure.
vided can be turned down completely. The control
piston is then mechanically displaced so that the Pressure switch S113.4 monitors the pressure
pilot pressure can release the brake. build-up on actuation of a working function and
the pressure drop after deactivation of the pilot
control.
Î
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 69
61
63 64 S113.4
60
Y242
Y63 Y290
Y241
Y35
Y113
Y10
Fig. 4
Description
Valve Y290 is used for switching the pilot-control Pressure switch S 290 monitors the pressure
pressure to the proportional valves of the travel build-up on actuation of a travel function and the
function. pressure drop after travelling.
When the travel pedal is not depressed, the spo- The solenoid valve can be opened with the me-
lenoid valve is in zero position and the propor- chanical emergency device to permit travelling in
tional valves ensuring displacement of the spool the event malfunctions.
are without pilot-control pressure. In this case, Î
pressure switch S290 is closed.
After selecting the travel direction and depressing
the travel pedal, the solenoid is energized and
pilot pressure oil flows to a proportional valve on
the control block. Pressure switch S290 is opened
in the process.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 70 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Solenoid valve Y63 for POWER BOOST and power assist functions
64 S290
61
63 64 S113.4
60
Y242
Y63 Y290
Y241
Y35
Y113
Y10
Fig. 5
Description
Solenoid valve Y63 ensures the power assist and In zero position of the valve, the sequence stages
the POWER BOOST functions. The valve is ener- of the primary valves are pressure-relieved to-
gized when the power assist or POWER BOOST wards the tank and the pump pressure is limited by
function is activated. the primary valves to the normal value.
The valves switches pilot pressure to the sequence
stages of both primary valves so that the pump
pressure can rise above the normal value.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 71
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 72 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 7
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 73
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 74 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 1 Î
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 75
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 76 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Orifice
Control piston
Spring 15 bar
Charge pressure PZ-channel
Fig. 1
Operation
After engine start, pump 1 supplies oil to the inlet channel of the pressure compensator.
During activation of a function, the pump 1 generates a pressure of >15 bars. This pressure is admitted
through the transverse bore and the orifice and builds up behind the piston. The force FP moves the piston
against the spring whereby the non-return function of the piston is disabled. The oil from pump 1 flows into
the P channel and to the control spool whose control edge is still closed.
FF FP
Non-return valve
open
PZ-channel
Fig. 2
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 77
FF + FLS FP
Pressure in channel PZ
FF Spring force
Control edge of
FLS Force of the load pressure
the control spool
FP Force of the pressure in
channel PZ
Charge pressure Hydraulic motor
Fig. 3
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 78 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Travel direction
4
T
PZ
B1
P02
P2
C2
2
M
PLS
C1
1
2
P1
P01
A1
A1.1
3 T
Fig. 1
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 79
Description
The hydraulic rotor is the rotary connection be-
tween superstructure and undercarriage. It con-
sists of an inner and an outer part fully rotatable
with respect to one another. The lines of the su-
perstructure are connected at right angles to ports 16
around the circumference of the head of the inner
part. Vertical bores of varying length, which end in
horizontal bores, ensures the connection with the 1
ring ducts of the outer part of the rotor. The ring
ducts are distributed over the height of the outer
part and connected to perpendicular bores leading
to ports on the outside. The lines supplying the
undercarriage components are connected to
these ports.
The rotor comprises 10 ducts supplying the follow-
ing functions:
• Forward travel Duct 1
• Reverse travel Duct 2
• Stabilizers down Duct 3
• Stabilizers up Duct 4 1
• Rear axle brake circuit Duct 5
• Front axle brake circuit Duct 6
• Steering to the left Duct 7
• Steering to the right Duct 8
• Pilot-control pressure Duct 9
• Leakage oil / return flow Duct 10
The outer part of the electric rotor is rotatable with Slip-ring 1 Parking brake pressure switch
respect to the stator and attached to the super- Slip-ring 2 Creep speed
structure. The base-plate of the outer part carries Slip-ring 3 Speed sensor output 1
the slip-rings arranged one above the other with Slip-ring 4 Speed sensor output 2
the cables from the superstructure connected
radially to the outer part. Slip-ring 5 Sensor power supply
Slip-ring 6 1st gear
The electric rotor has 16 slip-rings numbered in Slip-ring 7 Floating-axle blocking
rising order from bottom to top for the functions
Slip-ring 8 Parking brake
shown in the table opposite:
Slip-ring 9 Outrigger individual control
Slip-ring 10 Outrigger individual control
Slip-ring 11 Outrigger individual control
Slip-ring 12 Outrigger individual control
Slip-ring 13 Not used
Slip-ring 14 Not used
Slip-ring 15 Ground
Slip-ring 16 Ground
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 80 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
3
1
4 2
Fig. 1
No. Description
1 Rigid axle, No. 100
2 Multi-disk speed-change gearbox No. 101
3 Speed sensor B7
4 Travel oil motor, No. 102
Description
The rigid axle is designed as an external planetary- The speed sensor provides the electronics with a
wheel driving axle with integrated immersed multi- speed signal and a sense-of-rotation signal.
disk brakes. The multi-disk speed-change gearbox
For towing purposes, the travel drive has a neutral
is a single-stage planetary gear with two speeds
position in which the axle is disconnected from the
and a neutral position. Gear-shifting is effected by
travel oil motor. The neutral position is engaged
two multi-disk clutches.
mechanically by turning an eccentric. A gearwheel
The hollow wheel of the planetary stage is braked in the gearbox is axially shifted so that the interlock
for the 1st gear and released for the 2nd gear. The between two gearwheels is interrupted.
multi-disk clutches are controlled by pilot pressure
The travel oil motor is fastened with an adaptor
via a solenoid valve. Solenoid valve Y 21.4 sup-
ring to the multi-disk speed-change gearbox.
plies oil to one of the clutches so that one of the
two gears is always engaged, except in case the
parking brake is applied. In this case, both clutches
are pressureless and the multi-disk speed-change
gearbox performs the parking brake function.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 81
X
G1
8
7 M MA
SV
M1
Gext
8
6 3 2 5 4 1
Fig. 1
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 82 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
6 6
5
1
Fig. 1
RF
No. Description
1 Adjusting piston
2 Spring
3 Compensator spring
4 Spring plate
5 Control piston
KF
6 Setscrew for regulation start
RF Rod side of adjusting piston
KF Piston side of adjusting piston
Fig. 2
Description
The travel oil motor is an axial piston motor in With increasing travelling resistance, the high
bent-axis design with variable displacement. pressure rises until regulation start is reached.
The high pressure displaces the control piston
The angle of the axial-piston unit can be varied by with its control edge so that the high pressure
a regulator as a function of high pressure. reaches the large surface of the adjusting piston.
Automatic regulation The adjusting force tilts the cylinder block (2) to a
greater angle so that the stroke of the axial pis-
In neutral position and during travelling in the low- tons increases. The output torque of the oil motor
pressure range, the piston unit (2) is in the Vgmin increases whereas the output speed diminishes.
position. The angle plate (3) is in contact with the The machine travels with greater traction and
Vgmin setscrew (6). The hydraulic power supplied lower speed. The position of the piston unit is
in the form of discharge flow and pressure is con- continuously varied with the high pressure until
verted by the short-stroking axial pistons to high the end of the regulation range is reached.
output speed at low torque. The pressure built up
during travelling is admitted to the rod side of the The end of the regulation range is reached when
adjusting piston and to the metering side at the the piston unit with the angle plate runs into the
control piston of the regulator. The hydraulic force Vgmax stop (7).
at the adjusting piston keeps the unit at the Vgmin When the travelling resistance has been over-
limit stop. The hydraulic force at the metering side come, the high pressure decreases and the con-
of the control piston acts against the spring under trol piston is set back by spring force. The pres-
the control piston. The spring force is adjustable sure under the adjusting piston escapes towards
and determines the regulation start of the travel the housing and the piston unit (2) is tilted towards
motor. Vgmin. The output speed increases and the out-
put torque diminishes.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 83
6 6
5
2
SV
1
Fig. 3
No. Description RF
1 Adjusting piston
2 Spring
3 Compensator spring
4 Spring plate
5 Control piston
6 Setscrew for regulation start KF
RF Rod side of adjusting piston
KF Piston side of adjusting piston
SV Secondary valve (2 units) Fig. 4
Creep speed
The automatic regulation process is overridden by the creep speed function.
This function permits slow travelling with maximum traction force.
Solenoid valve Y21.2 directs pilot pressure to port X of the adjusting unit (8).
The control piston (5) is displaced against the compensator spring (3). The control edge opens and pressure
is admitted to the piston side under the adjusting piston (1). The force of the adjusting piston swivels the
piston unit against the Vgmax setscrew (7).
Secondary relief
Inadmissibly high pressures are safely prevented by secondary valves. Both travel directions are provided
with one valve each. Besides the relief function, the valves are also equipped with replenishing non-return
valves.
Fig. 5 Fig. 6
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 84 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
4
2
1
B1
B
3
A
A1
4
3 2 4
Fig. 1 Fig. 2
Fig. 3
Description
The travel brake valve is flange-mounted on the unrestricted past the braking piston (2) via a non-
travel oil motor. It works as an automatic restrictor return valve (3) to port B.
valve protecting the travel oil motor in both direc-
tions of rotation against inadmissibly high speeds. When the pressure drops, the adjusting spring
displaces the braking piston so that the return
In the pressureless state, the braking piston (2) is cross section is reduced and the returning oil flow
held by spring force in its zero position. The oil is restricted.
motor is supported on both sides by the closed
braking piston. In this manner, the rpm of the hydraulic motor and
the speed of the machine are controlled on rough
The travel pressure, in the example, flow to con- terrain.
nection A and from here into the service brake
valve and through the check valve, directly to the Additional suction valves (3) protect the travel mo-
hydraulic motor, connection A1. The pressure rea- tor on both sides against a lack of oil, i.e. in case of
ches also, through a diaphragm and a cold starting leakages causing sliding on a slope. The pre-load
valve, with an 80 bar spring, the brake piston and pressure from the duct of the control valve block,
moves it. On the opposite side, the oil is rejected in through the additional suction valves in the control
a controlled manner by diaphragms and a check valve block, the undercarriage and through addi-
valve, so that the brake valve piston is moved. tional suction valve (3) in the service brake valve,
finally reaches the hydraulic motor.
The pressure level existing during driving on level
ground is sufficient to open the braking piston
against the adjusting spring to such an extent that
the return oil from port B1 of the oil motor can flow
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 85
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 86 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
105 106
104
4
3
1
Fig. 1
No. Description
104 Valve housing
105 Diaphragm accumulator
106 Pressure switch S 16.1 for parking brake pilot lamp
1 Solenoid valve Y16 for parking brake with emergency release
2 Solenoid valve Y21.4 for 1st/2nd gear
3 Solenoid valve Y62 for floating-axle support
4 Solenoid valve Y21.2 for creep-speed gear
Symbol
Fig. 2
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 87
Description
The control block is located in the undercarriage Solenoid valve Y21.4 (2) operates the gearshift
frame above the multi-disk clutch. Shifting func- function.
tions are performed by pilot pressure. The block is When the parking brake is released, the valve al-
also connected to a reservoir line. ways directs pilot pressure to one of the two multi-
The valve housing (1) is equipped with four sole- disk clutches. Which of the clutches is pressurized
noid valves, pressure switch 106 and diaphragm depends on whether the solenoid is on or off.
accumulator 104. When the solenoid is off, pilot pressure is admitted
to the clutch for 2nd forward gear. When it is on,
Solenoid valve Y16 (1) actuates the parking pilot pressure is admitted to the clutch for the 1st
brake. gear.
The parking brake function is ensured by means of Solenoid valve Y62 (3) is used for applying and
the multi-disk clutches in the speed-change gear- releasing the floating-axle blocking.
box. When both clutches are without pressure, the
parking brake function is ensured by the multi-disk Without current in the solenoid, the floating axle is
speed-change gearbox. blocked since the valves integrated in the cylinders
are without pressure. When the solenoid is ener-
In the deenergized state, the control piston of Y16 gized, the control piston is shifted so that the the
is connected to the reservoir. A gear engaged be- blocking valves in the cylinders are unblocked by
forehand and the respective clutch are switched the pilot pressure.
without pressure. The switching pressure in the
clutch escapes together with the accumulator Solenoid valve Y21.2 (4) is used to engage the
pressure through the outlet restrictor into the res- creep-speed gear of the travel oil motor.
ervoir line. When the creep-speed gear is engaged, the sole-
When the parking brake is released, the solenoid is noid is energized and the control piston sends pilot
energized and the control piston supplies pilot pressure to the regulator of the travel oil motor.
pressure for switching to a clutch of the speed- The control piston in the regulator is displaced and
change gear. The accumulator is loaded and pres- the travel high pressure acts on the adjusting pis-
sure switch S 16.1 opens its switching contact so ton with the drive unit swivelling to the Vgmax posi-
that the pilot lamp of the parking brake goes out. tion. The travel oil motor has then maximum. dis-
The corresponding multi-disk clutch opens and placement volume and the machine moves at
cancels the parking brake function of the speed- creep speed.
change gearbox. Pressure switch S16.1 (106) performs two func-
An emergency release circuit on the solenoid side tions: it monitors the shifting pressure and controls
can be used in the event of electrical supply failure the parking brake pilot lamp. If the pressure drops
to shift the control piston mechanically in such a below 30 bars, the switch contact closes and the
way that the pilot pressure can release a multi-disk travel direction is set to neutral. The parking brake
clutch. pilot lamp lights up, too.
Pressure accumulator (104) has the purpose of
smoothing the effect of the parking brake in the
event the same is activated during travelling or in
case of electrical malfunctions.
The energy accumulated slows down, through the
Ø 1-mm orifice, the pressure discharge into the
blades of the clutches actuated. The braking effect
is applied smoothly.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 88 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 1
Description
The steered axle is designed as a wheel-hub
planetary gear drive axle with oil-immersed inte-
grated multi-disk brakes. The steering knuckles are
moved via steering rods by the steering cylinder in
the axle body. The steered axle is a floating axle
suspended in the undercarriage frame. The free
floating movement of the axle which is necessary
for driving must be blocked during the work with
the floating-axle cylinder.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 89
Preloading pressure
Control piston
Fig. 1
Description
The floating-axle cylinders are single-action cylin- Without control pressure, the check valve is closed
ders with integrated check valves connected by a by the force of the spring, possibly assisted by the
line to which the supply line is connected which internal cylinder pressure. When the floating-axle
serves also as the control line. blocking is released, the check valves are opened
by pilot pressure supplied to the valves via sole-
The cylinder pistons rest on the pressure pads of noid valve Y62. With the valves open, the pilot
the steered axle. To improve the driving stability, pressure acts as preloading pressure on the pis-
especially in fast driven bends, the ports of both tons which are pressed by hydraulic force on the
cylinders are equipped with restrictor non-return pressure pads of the axle.
valves restricting the oil flow leaving the cylinder.
On the other hand, the oil flowing into the cylinder
can fill the cylinder through the non-return valve Restrictor non-return valves
without being restricted.
When the machine is driven off-road with the check
valves being open, the axle floats depending on
the terrain contours. The movement of the axle
presses the piston into one of the floating cylin-
ders. The oil volume thus displaced flows to the
opposite cylinder and extends the piston of the
latter. When the check valves are closed, the oil
volume is entrapped in both cylinders and the float-
ing axle blocked.
Fig. 2
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 90 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 1
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 91
Description
The travel circuit is equipped of an Inching function
providing the maximum speed pre-selection Also, the ESX energises proportional valve Y241,
through a potentiometer. The potentiometer limits through which the demand pressure reaches the
the regulation rage of the pedal accelerator pedal. regulator of pump 1 through connection X1.
Thus the travel speed can be limited, even if the Forward speed
accelerator is pressed full stroke.
Also, a pressure balance valve is installed in the Proportional valve Y201a is energised by the ESX
travel circuit, forwarding oil to the hydraulic motor as a function of the travel of the pedal. Valve
independently from the load pressure, through the Y201a lets piloting pressure enter the upper cavity
controlling control valve. In this manner a travel of the control valve. This pressure moves the travel
speed independent form the load pressure is pro- spool downward against the springs. With this
vided. operation, duct C1 is blocked by the piloting edge
thus incrementing the pressure. Beyond 15 bar,
Additional supply device (14) provides the filling of the pressure balance valve opens and the oil is
the travel motor. available on the section of the control valve power-
Travelling on a slope is controlled by the hydro- ing the hydraulic motor through connection A1.
static brake through a brake valve (102) on the The oil supply to the hydraulic motor, independent
hydraulic motor. from the load pressure, is dealt with in the para-
The travel circuit is powered by oil from pump 1 graph dedicated to the pressure balance valve.
only. The oil entering the control valve involves the The load pressure, generated during travelling,
pressure measuring point, sensor B211 (58) and passing through the cross and central hole of the
the primary valve. spool toward duct PLS of the load pressure, in-
Neutral position volves pressure sensor B10.
The output signal from sensor B10 and the rpm
When the travel spool is in neutral position, cooling
signal from sensor B7 on transmission (101) are
oil from pump 1 flows through duct P1 toward the
processed by the ESX for the automatic shifting of
pressure balance valve and through duct P01,
the transmission. The oil returning from the travel
going around the travel control valve toward duct
motor must flow to the tank, crossing the braking
C1 and continues through the other spools, even-
valve and the rotor the finally flows to the dis-
tually reaching the tank duct.
charge.
The circulation pressure produced by the pressure
pre-loaded valves in the tank duct is available for Additional supply in forward travel
the hydraulic motor through the additional supply The additional supply provides the filling of the
valves (3 + 4) to prevent cavitation. hydraulic motor at high speed. Additional supply
The piloting pressure is available on undercarriage device (14) is automatically activated, in second
control valve (105) where it forwards the delivery to forward, by electronic controller A100. Oil under
parking brake solenoid valves Y16, locking swing pressure from the fan circuit is used to power the
axle Y62 and engaging reduced speed Y21.2. additional supply device. The pressure relief valve
reduces the pressure on the fan to the value of the
Prior to travelling
additional supply pressure available on connection
After disengaging the parking brake, the speed is A1.1 of the control block, arriving through a check
shifted, set on solenoid valve y21.4. Bulb S16.1 valve in the forward travel line. Should the pres-
opens and the control indicator light of the parking sure drop below the additional supply one, i.e.
brake goes OFF. When voltage is applied to sole- downhill, the check valve in connection A1.1 opens
noid valve Y62, the pressure of the pilot system and the hydraulic motor gets the additional supply
unlocks swing axle cylinders (111). The travel mo- pressure. Once the travel pressure increases, the
tor is in position Vgmin, when solenoid valve is not check valve closes.
energised. The travel motor can regulate as a func-
tion of the high pressure. Reverse
During the reverse phase, proportional valve
Start of the travel function Y201b operates, letting the piloting pressure flow
The selection of the travel direction and the smooth through, proportionally to the pedal travel, into the
actuation of the travel pedal are identified by the lower piloting chamber and moves the travel con-
ESX causing the opening of virtual bulb DSF, be- trol valve upward against the force of the spring.
fore the travel movement occurs. In this manner, Oil from pump 1 now flows from the pump duct to
the ESX inserts solenoid valve Y290 in pilot sys- the control block, connection B1 and through the
tem group (60) and the piloting pressure reaches, rotor, into the hydraulic motor.
through the inlet filter, into port PV and proportional
valves Y201a and Y201b.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 92 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Travel direction
4
T
PZ
B1
P02
P2
C2
2
M
PLS
C1
1
2
P1
P01
A1
A1.1
3 T
Fig. 1
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 93
4 5 2 1 3 6 7 8
Fig. 1
Description
The replenishing system prevents cavitation in the No. Description
travel oil motor, especially during downhill drives.
Valve housing (1) accomodates solenoid valve Y295 1 Valve housing
and pressure-reducing valve (3). The replenishing 2 Solenoid valve Y295
system is fed via line (5) with pressure from the fan 3 Pressure-reducing valve
circuit (4). During forward travel in 2nd gear, the CU 4 Fan pressure line
activates solenoid valve Y295 and the fan pressure 5 Fan pressure branch-off
reaches pressure-reducing valve (3). The adjustable 6 Replenishing pressure line
outlet pressure of valve (3) is admitted as replen- 7 Non-return valve in port A1.1
ishing pressure via line (6) to port A1.1 of the con-
trol block in which non-return valve (7) is located. 8 Leakage-oil line
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 94 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Travel oil motor type A6VM for 25/30 km/h, (No. 102) 40000386-en
Symbol
Fig. 1
No. Description
1 Adjusting device, regulator
2 Hydraulic 'Vgz' adjustment
3 Travel brake valve
4 Secondary valve, 2 units
5 Flushing restrictor
M3 Measuring point for regulation start
M2 Measuring point for 'Vgz' adjustment Fig. 2
Description Downhill
The travel oil motor for machines with a travelling During downhill drives in 2nd gear, the travel oil
speed of 25 km/h and 30 km/h is set to a lower motor is at first in its 'Vgmin' position. Due to the
displacement volume in order to achieve higher low output torque, the braking pressure between
motor speeds. oil motor and braking piston of the travel brake
valve is high. When the braking pressure reaches
As a protection against inadmissibly high speeds
the switching pressure of the 'Vgz' adjustment, the
during downhill drives and to improve the braking
switching piston is being displaced against the
action, the travel oil motor is equipped with a sup-
spring and braking pressure gets under the adjust-
plementary hydraulic adjusting device (2). The so-
ing piston.
called 'Vgz' adjustment is composed of a spring-
loaded switching piston pressurizing an adjusting The adjusting piston raises the regulator piston
piston below the regulator piston. with the motor being set to an angle approximately
in the middle of the adjusting range.
The adjusting function (2) works only during for-
ward travel in 2nd gear. Port B is the pressure side The increase of the angle results in a higher speed
for forward travel. The return oil from the oil motor of the oil motor. The output torque increases
must flow as braking pressure past the travel brake whereby the braking pressure is reduced.
valve piston to port A. Port A receives pressure for
The 'Vgz' adjustment is ineffective in the 1st gear.
reverse travel.
The switching pressure engageing the clutch for
the 2nd gear acts also on the switching piston of the
'Vgz' adjustment.
The travel motor is additionally equipped with a
flushing restrictor (5) for temperature limiting.
The restrictor lets the return oil flow into the motor
housing and from there through the leakage-oil line
to the tank.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 95
Travel oil motor (25 and 30 km/h) with disconnectable hydraulic 'Vgz'
adjustment (No. 102) 40000387-en
Changing speed
solenoid valve
Fig. 1
Description
'Vgz' adjustment designates an intermediate posi- In 2nd gear there is no cut-off pressure from first
tion inside the oil motor adjusting range. The ad- speed, of travel Vgz, thus travel Vgz is ready to
justment is purely hydraulic and works only during operate. The pressure between the oil motor and
forward travel. the travel brake valve piston acts as braking pres-
sure on the control piston which is pushed against
During reverse travel, the 'Vgz' adjustment is on the spring of the 'Vgz' adjustment.
the pressure side of the oil motor. With high travel
pressure, the high-pressure-dependent regulation During downhill drives with high speed, a high
would respond earlier and thus override the 'Vgz' braking pressure is generated which adjusts the
adjustment. control piston in such a way that the braking pres-
sure becomes the adjusting pressure under the
The 'Vgz' adjustment protects the travel oil motor piston side of the adjusting device. The travel oil
against inadmissibly high motor speeds, especially motor is set to a greater angle whereby the braking
during downhill drives where the weight of the ma- pressure drops. On long slopes, the braking pres-
chine drives the travel oil motor via the drivetrain. sure is balanced with the spring force of the control
The 'Vgz' adjustment is off in 1st gear with the piston permitting a pressure build-up below the
switching pressure of the 2nd gear clutch acting on adjusting piston which moves the oil motor drive
the control piston of the 'Vgz' adjustment via port unit approximately into the center of its adjusting
X2. The cylinder of the adjustment is then depres- range. The travel speed and especially the speed
surized towards the T2 port of the oil motor. of the oil motor are thus effectively limited.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 96 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
4
2
1
B1
B
3
A
A1
4
3 2 4
Fig. 1 Fig. 2
Fig. 3
Description
The travel brake valve is flange-mounted on the unrestricted past the braking piston (2) via a non-
travel oil motor. It works as an automatic restrictor return valve (3) to port B.
valve protecting the travel oil motor in both direc- When the pressure drops, the adjusting spring
tions of rotation against inadmissibly high speeds. displaces the braking piston so that the return
In the pressureless state, the braking piston (2) is cross section is reduced and the returning oil flow
held by spring force in its zero position. The oil is restricted.
motor is supported on both sides by the closed In this manner, the rpm of the hydraulic motor and
braking piston. the speed of the machine are controlled on rough
The travel pressure, in the example, flow to con- terrain.
nection A and from here into the service brake Additional suction valves (3) protect the travel mo-
valve and through the check valve, directly to the tor on both sides against a lack of oil, i.e. in case of
hydraulic motor, connection A1. The pressure rea- leakages causing sliding on a slope. The pre-load
ches also, through a diaphragm and a cold starting pressure from the duct of the control valve block,
valve, with an 80 bar spring, the brake piston and through the additional suction valves in the control
moves it. On the opposite side, the oil is rejected in valve block, the undercarriage and through addi-
a controlled manner by diaphragms and a check tional suction valve (3) in the service brake valve,
valve, so that the brake valve piston is moved. finally reaches the hydraulic motor.
The pressure level existing during driving on level
ground is sufficient to open the braking piston
against the adjusting spring to such an extent that
the return oil from port B1 of the oil motor can flow
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 97
Fig. 23
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 98 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Schematic diagram
Fig. 1 Î
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 99
7
45
230
231 46
41
S17
40 44
Fig. 2
The diesel engine drives the gear pump via its In neutral position of the steering valve (40), the LS
P.T.O. The gear pump can be a single or optionally line is pressureless and the oil flow is directed by
a double pump (230). The pump feeds the dual- priotity valve (44) completely to fan drive (7).
circuit brake system, the steering system and the
The fan motor is driven depending on temperature.
fan drive motor (7) of the combined radiator. Ma-
A proportional valve Y131 connected in parallel
chines with higher travel speed are moreover
with the gear motor determines the amount of oil
equipped with a replenishing system (14) for the
used for driving the fan. At low oil temperatures,
travel oil motor.
the proportional valve is opened wider than at high
In operation, the gear pump supplies its oil at first oil temperatures. This results in a corresponding
to the pedal brake valve (41). Besides the dual- fan speed. The load-limit regulator A10 senses
circuit pedal valve, the brake valve also accomo- three temperatures: those of the hydraulic oil, of
dates the accumulator loading device. the coolant and the charge air temperature. The
load-limit regulator evalutes the different tempera-
After loading of the accumulators, the accumulator
ture values and controls the proportional valve
loading valve switches over and the oil flow is di-
Y131 accordingly.
rected to priority valve (44).
The replenishing system (14) receives the fan in-
The priority valve divides the discharge flow into oil
put pressure and makes it available as re-
flowing to the steering valve (40) and to the fan
plenishing pressure to the travel oil motor.
drive (7) with the steering having priority.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 100 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 101
Neutral
In neutral position, the control spool is closed and
the LS line depressurized towards the reservoir.
Steering to the left (example)
When the steering wheel is turned slowly, the am-
plifier and the control spool are displaced in the
direction of the arrow. The oil flows through the
amplifier and the metering orifice to the gearwheel
set and further via port L to the steering cylinder.
The volume flow to the steering cylinder is deter-
mined by the metering orifice. The steering pres-
sure building up behind the metering orifice is ad-
mitted to the LS channel and closes the non-return
valve. The LS pressure generated by priority valve
(44) in the attached LS line influences the opening
cross-section at the control spool in such a way
that the pressure differential at the metering orifice
Fig. 2 is maintained.
The remaining oil flows to the fan circuit.
At faster steering speeds, the pressure drop
caused by the metering orifice activates the ampli-
fier piston to amplify the oil flow.
The max. steering pressure is limited by the built-in
pressure-limiting valve in the LS channel of the
steering unit. The steering cylinder and the lines
are protected by shock valves. Oil replenishment is
ensured by non-return valves preventing cavitation
in the steering system.
Emergency steering capability
The steering unit is equipped with a non-return
valve permitting manual steering in the event of oil
supply failure.
Fig. 3
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 102 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 6
Fig. 4
Description
Symbol The priority valve is used in conjunction with steer-
ing valves in closed-center load-sensing design.
P
The valve divides the discharge flow and directs
7 bar the two partial flows to the steering system and the
fan drive with the steering system having priority.
LS The priority valve works like a three-way flow con-
trol valve with the regulated flow (CF) being made
available to the steering system and the remaining
flow (EF) to the fan drive.
Neutral
The discharge flow is admitted to both sides of the
EF CF control piston via metering orifices. In neutral posi-
Fig. 5
tion, the load-signal line (LS) is connected via the
non-return valve in the steering valve with the re-
sevoir.
P Pump The control spool is displaced against the die 7-bar
CF Steering (control flow) spring so that the oil now flows via port EF to the
fan drive.
EF Fan drive (excess flow)
Steering
LS Load signal
During steering, the control piston is positioned by
the regulating forces in such a way that its control
edge maintains a pressure differential via the me-
tering orifice in steering valve (40).
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 103
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 104 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
11
5
6
7
8
2
14 12
1
13
4 3
Fig. 1
Legend
9 4. Lenkventil
5. Fan motor, gearwheel motor
6. Cover with proportional valve Y131
10 6 7. Nitrogen accumulator
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 105
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 106 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Replenishing system (for 25 and 30 km/h version) (Nos. 13 and 14) 40000554-de
2 5
3 1 4
8 6
7
Fig. 1
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 107
Brake system in superstructure and undercarriage with Nos. 40, 41, 43, 44 40000551-en
Superstructure
43
41
231
43
Fig. 1
Undercarriage
Fig. 2
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 108 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Pedal brake valve (No. 41) When the pressure in the accumulators drops and
when the minimum pressure, i.e. the switch-on
pressure is reached, the accumulators are filled
again and the whole cycle repeats itself.
During braking, two pressure-control valves are
activated by the pedal. These valves permit preci-
sion control of the braking pressure at ports F1 and
F2 in proportion to the effort with which the pedal is
depressed and thus the pedal excursion.
When the pedal is at rest, ports F1 and F2 are
without pressure and the braking cylinders are
connected to the reservoir.
When the pedal is depressed forcefully, the pres-
sure rises in proportion to the change of the pedal
angle. When the pedal is depressed to the limit
stop, the braking pressure is limited to the preset
pressure of 60 bars. This pressure limiting is inde-
pendent of the accumulator pressure.
Both braking circuits are separated from one an-
other by means of protection valves. If one of the
circuits fail, the other remains fully operational.
With the intact circuit, the machine can be braked
in an emergency.
Travel direction
Fig. 3
Fig. 5
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 109
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 110 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Schematic diagram
Fig. 1
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 111
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 112 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Travel direction
Fig. 1
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 113
Legend
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 114 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 1
Description
Legend
1 Levelling-blade cylinder, complete
2 Pilot-operated check valve on piston
side
3 Control piston
4 Pilot-operated check valve on rod side
The double-acting cylinder with pilot-operated twin
check valve is used for lifting and lowering of the
levelling blade.
For lowering of the blade, oil flows to port B and is
directly admitted via check valve (2) to the piston
side. Check valve (4) is opened at the same time
by control piston (3) for return oil discharge.
During lifting of the blade, the oil enters the cylin-
der at port A and flows via check valve (4) direct to
the rod side and to control piston (3). The control
piston opens check valve (2) for return oil dis-
charge.
Fig. 2
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 115
Fig. 1
Description
Legend
1 Outrigger cylinder, complete
2 Pilot-operated check valve on piston
side
3 Control piston
4 Pilot-operated check valve on rod side
The double-acting cylinder with pilot-operated twin
check valve is used for extending and retracting of
the outriggers.
To extend the outriggers, oil flows to port B and is
directly admitted via check valve (2) to the piston
side. Check valve (4) is opened at the same time
by control piston (3) for return oil discharge.
During retraction of the outriggers the oil enters the
Fig. 2 cylinder at port A and flows via check valve (4)
direct to the rod side and to control piston (3). The
control piston opens check valve (2) for return oil
discharge.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 116 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Ignition switch-on
After ignition switch-on, all solenoid valves are
energized so that the oil flow is stopped.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 117
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 118 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Legend
75. Hydraulic rotor with 10 channels
102. Travel oil motor A 6 VM HA with travel brake valve MHB for 20 km/h axle
102. Travel oil motor A 6 VM HA with travel brake valve MHB and adjustment with shutoff only for 25 km/h or 30 km/h axle
104. Nitrogen accumulator for parking brake action delay in conjunction with restrictor ∅ 1 mm
106. Pressure switch S16.1 for parking brake pilot lamp, opening pressure = 30 bars
107. Solenoid valves Y48.3 and Y48.4 for outrigger individual control, sheet 3 of 7
107. Solenoid valves Y48.1 and Y48.4 for levelling blade/outrigger switch-over, sheet 4 of 7
107. Solenoid valves Y48.1 and Y48.4 for switching of stabilization right-hand side / left-hand side, sheet 5 of 7
108. Solenoid valves Y48.1, Y48.3 and Y48.4 for levelling blade / outrigger individual control, sheet 6 of 7
109. Solenoid valves Y48.1, Y48.2, Y48.3 and Y48.4 for outrigger individual control, sheet 7 of 7
111. Floating-axle cylinder with integrated shutoff valve and restrictor non-return valves
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 119
Fig. 1
Î
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 120 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 2
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 121
Fig. 3
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 122 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 4
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 123
Fig. 5
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 124 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 6
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 125
Fig. 7
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 126 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 1
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 127
Description
The description is based on the schematic dia- The return oil from the cylinder rod sides enters
gram and the section drawing of the control spool. the control block at port A3 and flows past the
control edge into the tank channel.
The circuit for the boom cylinders is fed by both
pumps. Double admission is only used for boom Boom lowering
raising. When a second function is activated at the During lowering of the equipment, proportional
same time, the boom cylinders receive only the valve Y241 is energized by the ESX and load-
flow from one pump. sensing pressure is admitted to the pump regula-
Neutral tor of pump 1.
In neutral position, the flushing oil amounts from In addition, proportional valve Y203a is energized,
both pumps flow past the control spool to the C1 and pilot pressure admitted to the upper cap so
and C2 channels and then past the other control that the control spool moves downwards.
spools into the tank channel. The circulating pres- The pilot pressure from the upper cap opens also
sure opens both load-holding valves (1) so that the boom check valves or the alternative pipe
the oil flows are combined in channel P (bridging break protections to enable the return flow from
channel). the cylinders.
The secondary valves (3+4) protect the boom cy- After opening of the pipe break protections, the
linders against inadmissibly high pressure peaks. load pressure existing on the piston sides acti-
The tank channel preloading pressure is available vates pressure sensor B74 (58), which sends a
via replenishing non-return valves on both sides of corresponding current signal to the ESX.
the boom cylinders to prevent cavitation. In conjunction with the lowering action, the regen-
eration function is activated as long as there is
Activation of a function
load pressure on the piston sides.
Any activation of a function is detected by the
After the bucket has settled on the ground or
ESX. The virtual pressure switch DSL in the ESX
penetrated into the soil, the load pressure on the
opens before the movement starts. The ESX
piston side diminishes. The pressure drop is
opens the solenoid valve Y113 in the pilot-control
evaluated by pressure sensor B74 and the ESX
unit (60) so that the pilot pressure gets to propor-
energizes the proportional valves of the control
tional valves Y203a and Y203b through the inlet
displacement in such a way that the regeneration
filter in port PV.
function is not operational.
Boom raising Î
When the equipment is raised, the ESX energizes
proportional valves Y241 and Y242 of the pump
control and load-sensing pressure is admitted to
both pump regulators at port X1.
In addition, proportional valve Y203b is energized
by the ESX so that pilot pressure gets into the
lower cap. The control spool moves upwards
against the spring.
The control edges close the C1 and C2 channels
and the oil from both pumps must flow via the
load-holding valves (1) into the P channel (bridg-
ing channel) and past the open control edge to
port B3. The oil flows through B3 to the boom
cylinder piston sides through the pipe break pro-
tections at the boom cylinder or through the alter-
native boom check valve in control block port B3.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 128 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Control spool
Fig. 2
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 129
Description
The description is based on the schematic dia- Boom lowering with pressure, bucket
gram and the section drawing of the control spool. touching or penetrating into the soil
Boom lowering with regeneration function (without load pressure at the pistons sides, the
(with load pressure on the piston sides) regeneration function is not operational)
Proportional valve Y203a is controlled by a lower When the bucket is set on the ground, the pres-
current signal so that the downward stroke of the sure drop at the piston sides is detected by sensor
control spool is shorter. The control edge to chan- B74 and signals a current change to the ESX. The
nel C1 is slightly restricted so that a partial flow ESX now increases the current to proportional
from pump 1 passes via the load-holding valve (1) valve Y203a so that the control spool stroke be-
into the P channel (bridging channel) and via the comes longer.
control notches of the control spool into the A3 The control edge closes channel C1 and the oil
channel and to the rod sides. from pump 1 flows completely through the lower
The other partial amount of oil from pump 1 flows load-holding valve (1) into the P channel (bridging
via the restricted control edge to the C1 channel channel) and then past the open control edge to
and the control spools behind. port A3 and on to the rod sides of the boom cylin-
ders.
The oil from pump 2 in channel P02 can flow past
the long waist of the control spool into channel The return oil from the piston sides flows through
C2. Pump 2 has no influence on the lowering the opened pipe break protections or through the
movement. alternative boom check valve in port B3 and then
through the transverse ducts into the axial center
The return oil from the piston sides of the cylin- bore of the control spool. Since the lower non-
ders flows via port B3 and through staggered return valve (6) remains closed under the influ-
transverse ducts in the control spool into its axial ence of the high pressure from pump 1, the return
center bore. The return pressure opens the lower oil must flow completely via the upper preloading
non-return valve (6) and the oil, together with the valve (5) into the tank channel. The upper non-
partial flow from pump 1, leaves at port A3 and return valve (5) with its preloading pressure is
flows to the two rod sides of the boom cylinders. ready to fill the rod sides via the lower non-return
The piston sides displace more oil than the rod valve (6) if there is a risk of cavitation in the rod
sides can absorb. The excess oil generates a sides when the machine is excavating.
return pressure opening the upper preloading Î
valve (5) in the hollow piston to the tank channel.
The preloading pressure thus generated ensures
filling of the rod sides during fast lowering move-
ments.
The control of pump 1 during boom lowering en-
sures a transition without delay from pressureless
lowering to pressure build-up when the digging
tool penetrates into the soil.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 130 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Travel direction
Fig. 3
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 131
Legend
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 132 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Description
Pipe break protection valves are safety valves that
are installed directly at the cylinders. Depending
on the function and the use of the cylinder, the
pipe break protections are installed at the piston-
or rod-side connection of a cylinder.
The pipe break protection valve is a hydraulically
operated non-return valve with variable flow cross
section retaining the load pressure of the oil col-
umn in the cylinder without leakage.
Inadmissibly high cylinder pressures are reduced
via the secondary valve to the control block and
from there via the pertaining secondary valve
towards the reservoir.
Fig. 1
The STOP situation in the drawing opposite
Legend shows a pipe break protection valve in closed
condition. The cylinder pressure acts via port B on
the spring cavity behind the non-return valve and
A Control block connection at the secondary valve. The valve piston is closed
B Cylinder connection by the pressure assisted by spring force.
X Pilot-pressure connection The UP situation shows the oil flow from the con-
trol block via port A through the valve piston
E Compensation line connection, only used opened by pressure to port B in the cylinder com-
with boom cylinders partment.
SV Secondary valve, adjustable The DOWN situation shows how the oil column
from the cylinder can flow to the contol block after
opening of the pipe break protection. Opening is
effected by pilot pressure at port X acting on the
pilot-control piston. The pilot-control piston is dis-
placed against the compensator springs with the
plunger opening a pressure-relief valve in the
valve piston against the spring. The spring cavity
is depressurized towards the control block and the
valve piston opens in proportion to the value of
the pilot pressure at port X.
The STOP position is reached again by shutting
off the pilot pressure. The pilot-control piston ist
retracted by the springs. The pressure-relief valve
Fig. 2 is closed by spring force and the cylinder pressure
builds up in the spring cavity behind the valve
piston. The valve piston is forced by the load
pressure on its seat in the valve, thus retaining the
oil column in the cylinder without leakage.
Î
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 133
Fig. 3
Fig. 4
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 134 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 5
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 135
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 136 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Schematic diagram
Fig. 1 Î
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 137
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 138 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Control spool
Travel direction
Fig. 2
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 139
Legend
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 140 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Stroke 3 mm
Fig. 3
Legend
1 Valve housing
2 Inlet orifice
3 Non-return valve
4 Spring
Description
The bucket parallel connection permits executing
a controlled bucket movement together with a
boom and stick movement. This is of use when
three or more cylinder functions are summoned at
the same time.
The oil supply for the boom function is ensured by
pump 1 and that of the stick function by pump 2.
The bucket function in between receives partial oil
flows from pump 1 and 2 via both bucket parallel
connection valves.
Since this a parallel connection, the higher load
pressure of the boom, for instance, has an influ-
ence on the amount of oil supplying the bucket
cylinder. An inlet orifice in each bucket parallel
connection valve prevents the boom and/or stick Fig. 4
function from being significantly influenced when
Î
the bucket movement is activated in parallel.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 141
Fig. 5
If the restrictor piston is turned with
the setscrew completely down to
the stop, there is still part of the
cross-section remaining open with
the result of a marked slow-down of
the cylinder movement. The oil
would moreover be heated up consi-
derably.
Fig. 6
Legend
1 Housing
2 Restrictor no-return piston
3 Spring
4 Setscrew
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 142 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 7
Description
Legend The machine is switched over from backhoe
bucket to grab operation and vice versa with two
1 Ballcock, piston side ballcocks.
2 Ballcock, rod side The retracted bucket cylinder is blocked off on the
3 Coupling, grab closed piston side with ballcock (1) and on the rod side
with ballcock (2).
4 Coupling, grab opened
For switching, both ballcocks must be used.
206 Restrictor non-return valve
For safety reasons, the housing of ballcock (2) is
equipped with a pressure-limiting valve protecting
the rod side of the bucket cylinder against inad-
missibly high pressures as a result of erroneous
operation of the ballcocks.
Fig. 8
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 143
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 144 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Schematic diagram
Fig. 1 Î
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 145
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 146 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Control spool
Fig. 2
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 147
Fig. 3
Legend
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 148 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Description
The check valve (1) serves the purpose of retain-
ing the load pressure at the rod side of the stick
cylinder without leakage.
The load pressure prevailing in the cylinder when
the stick is extended is admitted via port B5-Rf to
the rod side of the check valve where an opening
force is active. At the same time, the load pressure
is admitted via the orifice in restrictor non-return
valve (2) to the spring cavity and closes the check
valve assisted by spring force.
During stick lowering, the pilot pressure (5) opens
unlocking valve (3) so that the closing pressure
from the spring cavity can escape towards leakage
oil channel (6).
When the stick is extended, the pump pressure
opens the check valve, with the oil being displaced
from the spring cavity via non-return valve (2).
Emergency operation
In a emergency (stick cannot be lowered), the un-
blocking valve (3) can be actuated by means of
screw (4).
When screw (4) is turned in, valve (3) opens the
passage to leakage oil channel (6) of the control
block. The speed with which the stick is lowered
depends on the opening cross section in unlocking
Fig. 4 valve (3).
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 149
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 150 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 1
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 151
The oil moreover flows through channel P02 past Further flow details: see pressure compensator.
the waist of the control spool into channel C2 and Extending the boom adjusting cylinder,
then via the following control spools into the tank lowering the upper boom section
channel. The tank channel preloading valves gen-
erate circulation pressure which is available via During extension of the adjusting cylinder, propor-
the replenishing non-return valves at the secon- tional valve Y206a is energized and load-sensing
dary valves on both sides of the adjusting cylin- pressure is admitted to the upper cap with the
der. control spool being displaced downwards against
the springs. At the same time, the pipe break pro-
Secondary valves (3+4) protect the adjusting cyl- tection opens so that the oil can return to the tank.
inder against inadmissibly high pressure peaks.
Beyond 15 bars, the pressure compensator opens
and the oil is available at the opening cross-sec-
Secondary valve in pipe break tion of the control spool.
protection system: Further flow details: see pressure compensator.
The rod side of the adjusting cylin- Î
der is equipped with a pipe break
protection with a secondary valve of
its own. In the secondary case, this
valve opens so that the control pis-
ton in the pipe break protection
opens, too, and that the peak pres-
sure passes through the line to port
A6 and through secondary valve (4)
into the tank channel.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 152 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Control spool
Travel direction
T PZ
B6 - Kf P02
P2
2
1
C2
PLS
PLS
2
C1
P1
P01
A6 - Rf
T
Y206a
Y206b
Fig. 2
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 153
Legend
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 154 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 3
Fig. 4
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 155
Orifice
Control piston
Spring 15 bar
Charge pressure P-channel
Fig. 5
Operation
After engine start, pump 2 supplies oil to the inlet channel of the pressure compensator. During activation of
a function, the pump 2 generates a pressure of >15 bars. This pressure is admitted through the transverse
bore and the orifice and builds up behind the piston. The force FP moves the piston against the spring
whereby the non-return function of the piston is disabled. The oil from pump 2 flows into the P channel and
to the control spool whose control edge is still closed.
FF FP
Non-return valve
open
P-channel
Fig. 6 Î
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 156 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
FF + FLS FP
Pressure in channel P
FF Spring force
Control edge of
FLS Force of the load pressure
the control spool
FP Force of the pressure in
channel P
Charge pressure Adjusting cylinder
Fig. 7
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 157
Travel direction
B6 - Kf PLS
P2 2
1 C2
MS
PLS
PZ 4
A6 - Rf
Fig. 1
Legend
P2 Pressure channel of pump 2 1 Pressure compensator
C2 Channel to stick control spool 2 Relief valve
PZ Regulated pressure from compensator 3 LS pressure limiting valve
PLS Load-pressure channel 4 Shuttle valve
A6 Adjusting cylinder- rod side T Preloaded tank chanel
B6 Adjusting cylinder- piston side MS Port with sensor B 239
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 158 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Relief valve
Fig. 2
Description
For the oil from pump 2, the relief valve consti- The load pressure of the adjusting cylinder
tutes a by-pass of the adjusting control spool to- reaches the spring cavity and acts together with
wards the stick control spool. When the adjusting the force of the spring on the piston. In order to
and the stick cylinder are actuated at the same maintain the connection with the channel C2, the
time, the oil flow of pump 2 is divided to serve pump pressure must now overcome the spring
both functions. force plus the force of the LS pressure.
In the original position, the springs forces the pis- The LS pressure is limited by means of a pre-
ton into the blocking position. settable pressure-limiting valve.
In operation, the pressure from pump 2 is admit- When the adjusting cylinder is moved to its limit
ted to the piston against the spring force. If the stop position, the pressure build-up reaches 320
pump pressure reaches 35 bars, the piston opens bars (measured at measuring point M2).
and the oil flows into channel C2 and to the stick Î
control spool.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 159
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 160 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 3
Fig. 4
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 161
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 162 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 1 Î
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 163
Description
For this combination of cylinder functions, the fig- The oil from pump 2 flows through the pressure
ure represents the oil flows of pump 1 and pump 2. compensator into the PZ channel and past the
open control edge of the adjusting spool to port
The pilot pressure is available via port PV at the A6-Rf and to the adjusting cylinder. The load pres-
proportional valves for control spool adjustment. In sure generated is admitted to the pressure com-
the example chosen, the ESX energizes the pro- pensator as load-sensing pressure. The compen-
portional valves Y203b, Y204b, Y205b and Y206b sator supplies a regulated pressure which is avail-
whereby the pilot pressure gets into the lower caps able through the orifice of the control spool edge
and displaces the control spools upwards. as load-pressure-independent discharge flow to
The oil from pump 1 flows through channel P01 to the adjusting cylinder.
the boom cylinder control spool and then via the The load pressure oil of the adjusting cylinder
load-holding valve into channel P past the control flows also through the PLS channel and the shuttle
edge through the boom check valve to port B3-Kf valve to the relief valve and supports opening of
and on to the boom cylinders. Channel C1 is the spring.
closed by the control edge so that the downstream
control spool for the bucket cylinder receives no oil The oil flow from pump 2 is admitted to the relief
from channel P01. valve at the input side.
The load pressure building up in the boom circuit The relief valve opens when the pressure of pump
also gets into parallel channel P1 where the bucket 2 has overcome the load pressure and the spring
parallel valve is installed. force at the other end. The oil from pump 2 thus
pressurized flows through the by-pass channel
Since the control spool of the bucket is at the up- behind the adjusting spool and into channel C2
per end, a partial amount of oil from pump 1 flows and on to the displaced stick control spool. Its con-
with the boom load pressure through the bucket trol edge closes channel P02 and the partial
parallel valve. The load-holding valves are closed amount of oil from pump 2 flows via the load-
and the oil flows past the control edge to port B4- holding valve into the P channel. The oil then flows
Rf and on to the bucket cylinder. past the open control edge through the check
The partial oil flow to the bucket cylinder depends valve to port B5-Rf and to the stick cylinder.
on the restrictor orifice in the bucket parallel valve The preloaded oil from pump 2 also flows through
and the load pressure in the boom circuit. channel P2 to the second bucket parallel valve.
The oil flow from pump 2 gets into channel P2 and The higher of the load pressures from pump 1 or
through the blanking plate into channel P02. from pump 2 prevails at the bucket parallel valves
and gets to the bucket cylinder. If the load pres-
Channel P02 is closed by the control edge at the sures are the same value, partial volumes from
adjusting spool. both circuits flow into the bucket cylinder.
As a result, it is possible to control four simultane-
ously actuated cylinder functions almost independ-
ently of one another with only two pump circuits.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 164 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Schematic diagram
Fig. 1 Î
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 165
Description
The description refers to the schematic diagram If the hammer is operated by means of the pedal,
and to the sectional drawing of the control spool. proportional valve Y207a delivers a partial oil flow
displacing the control spool downwards in propor-
The hydraulic hammer circuit is supplied with oil tion to the pedal excursion.
from pump 2. The circuit comprises a pressure
compensator and an electrically operated propor- The load pressure built up during hammer opera-
tional pressure cut-off. tion gets through the load pressure tap in the con-
trol spool into the PLS channel. The load pressure
Neutral passes through the Ø 0.8 orifice to the pressure
compensator and to the electrical pressure cut-off
In neutral position of the control valve, the oil from
valve Y239.2.
pump 2 flows into channel P2 of the control block
and to the pressure compensator. Performance setting
Moreover, the oil flows through the blanking plate The hammer pressures that can be preset on the
into channel P02 and past the hammer control display unit influence the electrical pressure cut-
spool on to the other control spools into the tank off valve Y239.2 via the ESX in such a way that
channel. the corresponding load-sensing pressures are
limited by means of different control currents. This
Switching on the hammer
means that the pressure compensator can be fed
The hammer is switched on by depressing the cor- with presettable load-sensing pressures. The
responding rocker switch. The control unit acti- pressure compensator thus makes preset regu-
vates power stages 6 or 7, the pedal is switched lated pressures available to the PZ channel and to
over to hammer operation and the hammer sym- the control spool.
bol is displayed on the display screen together
The discharge flows that can be preset on the
with a number representing the preset hammer
display unit are transmitted by the ESX as refer-
performance.
ence values to the CAN bus which the load-limit
Activating the hammer with joystick regulator hands on to proportional valve Y207a.
pushbutton or pedal The resulting pilot-control pressures produce dif-
ferent control spool displacements and opening
The ESX detects the activated state and switches cross sections at the control edges.
on solenoid valve Y113 in the pilot control unit so
that pilot pressure can get into the control block At the same time, the ESX supplies the corre-
via port PV.. sponding current level to proportional valve Y242
in order to enable pump 2 to meet the oil de-
The ESX also energizes proportional valves Y241 mands.
and Y242 for the pump control, and the load-
sensing pressure gets to both pump regulators.. Sensor B239 at the MS port is needed for calibra-
tion purposes.
IMORTANT: Pump 1 needs load-sensing pres-
sure for the cooling circuit Oil flow
When the button for continuous hammer operation The oil flows through the opening section at the
is pressed, the ESX signals the reference value control spool to port B7 and then on to the hydrau-
on the CAN bus and the load-limit regulator ener- lic hammer.
gizes proportional valve Y207a with the control The hammer pressure is also available at port
spool performing its maximum downward stroke B7.1. On request of the customer, this port can be
equipped with frequency switching solenoid valve
Y39.3 (hammer impact cycle change).
The return oil from the hammer flows through the
return-flow filter into the reservoir.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 166 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Travel direction
LS
B7.1
B7
P02
PZ
C2
1
MS
P2
3
4
PLS
A7
Fig. 2
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 167
Legend
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 168 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 1
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 169
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 170 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Schematic diagram
Fig. 1
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 171
Hammer circuit with auxiliary function like When the hammer is controlled by means of the
pedal, proportional valve Y207a receives partial
shears or crusher with boom adjusting
flows displacing the control spool downwards in
equipment, description proportion to pedal excursion.
The description is based on the schematic dia-
The load pressure building up during hammer
gram and the section drawing of the control spool.
operation gets through the load-pressure tap in
The circuit is supplied from pump 2. The hammer the control spool into the PLS channel. The load
circuit comprises a pressure compensator com- pressure passes through orifice Ø 0.8 to the pres-
bined with an electrical pressure cut-off function. sure compensator and to the electrical pressure
For shears operation, only the compensator is cut-off valve Y239.2.
used.
Performance setting
Neutral The hammer pressures preselected on the display
In neutral position of the control spool, the oil from unit influence the electrical pressure cut-off valve
pump 2 flows through channel P2 to the pressure Y239.2 in such a way that the different currents
compensator and then into channel P02 past the limit the load-sensing pressures accordingly. This
hammer/shears control spool and via the other means that the pressure compensator is fed with
control spools to the tank channel. presettable LS pressures so that it can make pre-
defined regulated pressures available to the PZ
Activating the hammer channel (bridging channel) and the control spool.
To activate the hammer, depress the rocker The discharge flows preselected on the display
switch. The control unit activates power stages 6 unit are transmitted by the ESX to the CAN bus as
or 7, the pedal is switched over to hammer opera- reference values which are passed on by the
tion and the hammer symbol appears on display load-limit regulator to proportional valve Y207a.
together with a number representing the selected The resulting pilot pressures produce variable
hammer performance level. Solenoid valve Y39.9 control spool strokes and opening cross sections
moreover connects the hammer return line auto- at the control spool edges..
matically with the hydraulic reservoir.
At the same time, the ESX transmits the corre-
Starting the hammer operation with joy- sponding current signal to proportional valve Y242
stick pushbutton or pedal so that pump 2 can meet the oil demands.
The ESX detects the hammer operation and Sensor B239 at the MS port is necessary for cali-
switches on solenoid valve Y113 in the pilot- bration purposes.
control unit so that pilot pressure gets to the con-
trol block via port PV. Oil flow
The ESX energizes proportional valves Y241 and The preset discharge flow passes via the control
Y242 for pump control and load-sensing pressure spool opening cross-section to port B7 and then to
is admitted to both pump regulators. the hydraulic hammer.
The oil returning from the hammer flows to ham-
mer by-pass valve (90) port HR, through the un-
Pump 1 needs load-sensing pres- locked non-return valve and via port C to the re-
sure for the cooling circuit. turn-flow filter in the hydraulic reservoir.
The non-return valve in control spool (7) prevents
the tank channel preloading pressure from escap-
ing through hammer by-pass valve (90). For the
If the pushbutton for continuous hammer opera- same reason, the pressure-limiting valve at port
tion is pressed, the ESX transmits the reference A7 is not equipped with a replenishing non-retrun
value over the CAN bus and the load-limit regula- valve.
tor energizes proportional valve Y207a, whereby
the control spool performs its maximum downward
stroke. Î
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 172 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 173
Travel direction
LS
B7.1
B7
P02
PZ
C2
1
B239 sensor
P2
3
4
PLS
LS
A7
7
T
Fig. 2
Legend
P2 Pressure channel pump 2 1 Pressure compensator
P02 Pressure channel pump 2 2 Electrical pressure cut-off Y239.2
C2 Channel to adjusting control spool 3 Shuttle valve
PZ Regulated pressure from compensator 4 Orifice Ø 0.8 in load-pressure channel
T Preloaded tank channel 5 Secondary valve with replenishing func-
B7 Hammer pressure / shears closing tion
B7.1 Frequency switch-over 6 Secondary valve without replenishing
A7 Pressure port for shears opening function
PLS Load-pressure channel 7 Non-return valve
LS Load-pressure tap
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 174 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 3
Fig. 5
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 175
Fig. 4
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 176 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Schematic diagram
Fig. 1 Î
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 177
Shears or crusher circuit with boom ad- The control spool performs a corresponding
stroke. Its control edge opens and the oil flows to
justing equipment, description
the shears.
The description is based on the schematic dia-
The load pressure building up during operation of
gram and the section drawing of the control spool.
the shears gets through the load-pressure tap into
The shears circuit is supplied from pump 2. the PLS channel. The load pressure passes
through the orifice to the pressure compensator.
The shears circuit comprises a pressure compen-
sator. The pressure compensator and the opening cross
section in the control spool ensure a load-pres-
Neutral sure-independent discharge flow controlling the
In neutral position of the control spool, the oil from shears.
pump 2 flows into channel P2 of the control block Sensor B239 is necessary for calibration pur-
and to the pressure compensator. poses.
The oil also flows through the blanking plate into
Oil flow during closing of the shears
the P02 channel and past the shears control spool
into the C2 channel and then via the other control The adjustment of the control spool blocks the
spools into the tank channel. passage from channel P2 to channel C2.
Activating the shears The oil from pump 2 must flow through the pres-
sure compensator and the opening cross-section
To activate the shears, depress the rocker switch. at the control edge to port B7 past the secondary
The control unit permits selection of all 7 power valve and on to the shears.
stages and the shears symbol appears on display.
The shears is operated by means of the pedal. The oil returning from the shears flows through
port A7 and via the control spool back to the hy-
Controlling the shears with the pedal draulic reservoir.
The ESX senses the operation and activates so- Oil flow during opening of the shears
lenoid valve Y113 in the pilot control unit for
switching pilot pressure into the circuit. The pilot The oil flows through the pressure compensator
pressure gets into the control block via port PV. and past the control edge of the spool to port A7
and then to the shears. A secondary valve for
The ESX energizes proportional valve Y242 for pressure protection is provided.
pump control and load-sensing pressure is admit-
ted to the regulator of pump 2. The return oil from the shears flows via port B7 and the control
spool back to the hydraulic reservoir.
The ESX transmits a pedal-excursion and direction-dependent
current signal to the CAN bus with the load-limit regulator
energizing either proportional valve Y207a for opening of the
shears or Y207b for closing of the shears.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 178 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Travel direction
T
LS
B7
P02
PZ
C2
1
B239 sensor
P2
3
2
PLS
LS
A7
Y207a
5
Y207b
Fig. 2
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 179
Legend
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 180 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 2
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 181
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 182 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Schematic diagram
Fig. 1 Î
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 183
Hydraulic hammer circuit with monoblock When the hammer is controlled by means of the
pedal, proportional valve Y206a receives partial
boom equipment, description
flows displacing the control spool downwards in
The description is based on the schematic dia- proportion to pedal excursion.
gram and the section drawing of the control spool.
The load pressure building up during hammer
The circuit of the hydraulic hammer is supplied operation gets through the load-pressure tap in
from pump 2. The hammer circuit comprises a the control spool into the PLS channel. The load
pressure compensator and an electrically oper- pressure passes through orifice Ø 0.8 to the pres-
ated pressure cut-off function. sure compensator and to the electrical pressure
cut-off valve Y239.2.
Neutral
Performance setting
In neutral position of the control spool, the oil from
pump 2 flows into channel P2 of the control block The hammer pressures preselected on the display
and to the pressure compensator. unit influence the electrical pressure cut-off valve
Y239.2 in such a way that the different currents
The oil also flows through the blanking plate into
limit the load-sensing pressures accordingly. This
the P02 channel, past the hammer control spool
means that the pressure compensator is fed with
and then via the other control spools into the tank
presettable LS pressures so that it can make pre-
channel.
defined regulated pressures available to the PZ
Activating the hammer channel (bridging channel) and the control spool.
To activate the hammer, depress the rocker The discharge flows preselected on the display
switch. The control unit activates power stages 6 unit are transmitted by the ESX to proportional
or 7, the pedal is switched over to hammer opera- valve Y206a. The resulting pilot pressures pro-
tion (if installed) and the hammer symbol appears duce variable control spool strokes and opening
on display together with a number representing cross sections at the control spool edges.
the selected hammer performance level. At the same time, the ESX transmits the corre-
Starting hammer operation with joystick sponding current signal to proportional valve Y242
pushbutton or pedal (if installed) so that pump 2 can meet the oil demands.
The ESX detects the hammer operation and The LS pressure signal is also transmitted to sen-
switches on solenoid valve Y113 in the pilot- sor B239 at the MS port. The current signal from
control unit so that pilot pressure gets to the con- the sensor is evaluated by the ESX and used for
trol block via port PV. monitoring of the LS pressure. The ESX responds
to a pressure drop in the LS channel by increasing
The ESX energizes proportional valves Y241 and the control current to proportional valve Y242 so
Y242 for pump control and load-sensing pressure that pump 2 delivers a higher discharge flow.
is admitted to both pump regulators.
Oil flow
INFO: Pump 1 requires load-sensing pressure for
the cooling circuit. The oil flows through the opening cross-section in
the control spool to port B6 and then to the hy-
If the pushbutton for continuous hammer opera- draulic hammer.
tion is pressed, the ESX energizes propotional
valve Y206a, whereby the control spool performs The oil returning from the hammer flows through
its maximum downward stroke. the return-flow filter back to the reservoir.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 184 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Travel direction
LS
B6
P02
PZ
C2
1
B239 sensor
P2
3
4
PLS
A6
Fig. 2
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 185
Legend
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 186 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 1
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 187
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 188 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Schematic diagram
Fig. 1
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 189
Hammer circuit with auxiliary function like The load pressure building up during hammer
operation gets through the load-pressure tap in
shears or crusher with monoblock equip-
the control spool into the PLS channel. The load
ment, description pressure passes through orifice Ø 0.8 to the pres-
The description is based on the schematic dia- sure compensator and to the electrical pressure
gram and the section drawing of the control spool. cut-off valve Y239.2.
The circuit is supplied from pump 2. The hammer Performance setting
circuit comprises a pressure compensator com-
The hammer pressures preselected on the display
bined with an electrical pressure cut-off function.
unit influence the electrical pressure cut-off valve
For shears operation, only the compensator is
Y239.2 via the ESX in such a way that the differ-
used.
ent currents limit the load-sensing pressures ac-
Neutral cordingly. This means that the pressure compen-
sator is fed with presettable LS pressures so that
In neutral position of the control spool, the oil from it can make predefined regulated pressures avail-
pump 2 flows through channel P2 to the pressure able to the PZ channel (bridging channel) and the
compensator and then into channel P02 past the control spool.
hammer/shears control spool and via the other
control spools to the tank channel. The discharge flows preselected on the display
unit are transmitted by the ESX to proportional
Activating the hammer valve Y206a. The resulting pilot pressures pro-
To activate the hammer, depress the rocker duce variable control spool strokes and opening
switch. The control unit activates power stages 6 cross sections at the control spool edges.
or 7, the pedal is switched over to hammer opera- At the same time, the ESX transmits the corre-
tion and the hammer symbol appears on display sponding current signal to proportional valve Y242
together with a number representing the selected so that pump 2 can meet the oil demands.
hammer performance level. Solenoid valve Y39.9
moreover connects the hammer return line auto- The LS pressure signal is also transmitted to sen-
matically with the hydraulic reservoir. sor B239 at the MS port. The current signal from
the sensor is evaluated by the ESX and used for
Starting the hammer operation with joy- monitoring of the LS pressure. The ESX responds
stick pushbutton or pedal to a pressure drop in the LS channel by increasing
The ESX detects the hammer operation and the control current to proportional valve Y242 so
switches on solenoid valve Y113 in the pilot- that pump 2 delivers a higher discharge flow.
control unit so that pilot pressure gets to the con- Oil flow
trol block via port PV.
The oil flows through the opening cross-section in
The ESX energizes proportional valves Y241 and the control spool to port B6 and then to the hy-
Y242 for pump control and load-sensing pressure draulic hammer.
is admitted to both pump regulators
The oil returning from the hammer flows to ham-
IMPORTANT: Pump 1 needs load-sensing pres- mer by-pass valve (90) port HR, through the un-
sure to supply the cooling circuit. locked non-return valve and via port C to the re-
If the pushbutton for continuous hammer opera- turn-flow filter in the hydraulic reservoir.
tion is pressed, the ESX control current flows to The non-return valve in control spool (7) prevents
proportional valve Y206a, whereby the control the tank channel preloading pressure from escap-
spool performs its maximum downward stroke. ing through hammer by-pass valve (90). For the
When the hammer is controlled by means of the same reason, the pressure-limiting valve at port
pedal, proportional valve Y206a receives partial A6 is not equipped with a replenishing non-retrun
flows displacing the control spool downwards in valve.
proportion to pedal excursion.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 190 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 191
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 192 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Travel direction
LS
B6
P02
PZ
C2
1
B239 sensor
P2
3
4
PLS
LS
A6
7
T
Fig. 3
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 193
Legend
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 194 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Hammer circuit with auxiliary function, e.g. shears with monoblock equipment
Fig. 4
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 195
Fig. 4
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 196 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Schematic diagram
Fig. 1 Î
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 197
Shears or crusher circuit with monoblock The load pressure building up during operation of
the shears gets through the load-pressure tap into
boom equipment, description
the PLS channel. The load pressure passes
The description is based on the schematic dia- through the orifice to the pressure compensator.
gram and the section drawing of the control spool.
The pressure compensator and the opening cross
The circuit of the shears is supplied from pump 2. section in the control spool ensure a load-pres-
sure-independent discharge flow controlling the
The shears circuit comprises a pressure compen-
shears.
sator.
Sensor B239 is necessary for calibration pur-
Neutral poses.
In neutral position of the control spool, the oil from
Oil flow during closing of the shears
pump 2 flows into channel P2 of the control block
and to the pressure compensator. The adjustment of the control spool blocks the
passage from channel P02 to channel C2.
The oil also flows through the blanking plate into
the P02 channel and past the shears control spool The oil from pump 2 must flow through the pres-
into the C2 channel and then via the other control sure compensator and the opening cross-section
spools into the tank channel. at the control edge to port B6 past the secondary
valve and on to the shears.
Activating the shears
Operating the shears by precision control only
To activate the shears, depress the rocker switch. leaves a residual flow of oil.
The control unit permits selection of all 7 power
stages and the shears symbol appears on display. The residual oil flows through the reflief valve to
The shears is operated by means of the pedal. the other cylinders.
Starting shears operation with pedal Oil flow during opening of the shears
The ESX senses the operation and activates so- The oil must flow through the pressure compen-
lenoid valve Y113 in the pilot control unit for sator and past the control edge of the spool to
switching pilot pressure into the circuit. The pilot port A6. A secondary valve for pressure protection
pressure gets into the control block via port PV. is provided.
The ESX energizes proportional valve Y242 for
pump control and load-sensing pressure is admit-
ted to the regulator of pump 2.
The ESX energizes either proportional valve
Y206a for opening of the shears or to Y206b for
closing of the shears.
The control spool performs a corresponding
stroke. Its control edge opens and the oil flows to
the shears.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 198 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Travel direction
T
LS
B6
P02
PZ
C2
1
B239 sensor
P2
3
2
PLS
LS
A6
Y206a
5
Y206b
Fig. 2
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 199
Legend
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 200 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 2
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 201
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 202 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Schematic diagram
Fig. 1
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 203
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 204 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 1
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 205
Fig. 2
Legend
A Working connection 12 Bearing
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 206 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 3
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 207
Description
The slewing pump is an axial piston pump in The angle plate is positioned with positioning
swash-plate design for closed hydraulic circuits. screw (15). The positioning screw is equipped with
a cam engageing in a groove of the angle plate.
The discharge flow rises in proportion to the tilting Positioning achieved by cam adjustment of the
angle of the swash-plate from zero to maximum. angle plate permits a variation of the slewing pump
When the swash-plate crosses zero position, the characteristics. Positioning of the angle plate
discharge flow changes its direction without jerk. changes the influence of the high-pressure-
To protect the drive system, the pump is equipped induced resetting forces acting on the angle plate
with high-pressure safety valves (called secondary (5).
valves). These valves comprise also so-called The drive shaft (1) drives the feed pump (14) with
feeding non-return valves. An integrated auxiliary its shaft end. For pressure limiting in the feed cir-
pump (called feed pump) ensures that the closed cuit, a feed-pressure limiting valve (15) is provided.
circuit is always kept filled.
The valve plate (13) contains the secondary valves
A control mechanism receiving its control instruc- for right / left slewing (16+17) with their integrated
tions from the ESX and the joystick actuates the feeding non-return valves.
adjusting cylinder which varies the tilting angle and
direction of the swash-plate. The maximum pres- The pressure cut-off (18) limits the high pressure
sure is limited by the pressure cut-off. and thus the slewing torque for both slewing direc-
tions. A shuttle valve in the circuit directs the slew-
When the pump is turning, drive shaft (1) drives ing high pressure towards the metering piston of
cylinder block (8) and feed pump (12). Cylinder the pressure cut-off.
block (8) is interlocked with the drive shaft. The
block has cylinder bores in which the axial pistons The control unit (19) with the pressure-control
(7) work. The axial piston takes support on the valves (20) and the replenishing valves (21) is
swash-plate (5) via slipper pads (6). The friction used for swash-plate adjustment. The pressure-
surfaces of the slipper pads on the swash-plate control valves (20) are energized by the ESX.
and on the ball sockets are lubricated by pressure The pilot pressure is available via port PS with a
oil which gets through a central bore in the axial metering orifice of Ø1.4 mm at both pressure-
piston to the ball socket and through another bore control valves and at the pressure cut-off. Orifice
below the slipper pad. Ø1.4 is necessary for protection of the pressure
To achieve sufficient tightness in the low-pressure cut-off against the external pressure.
range, cylinder block (8) is pressed by cup spring During slewing, a pressure-control valve is acti-
assembly (9) and helical spring (10) against angle vated so that the pilot pressure gets into the ad-
plate (11). justing cavity of adjusting cylinder (22) as control
pressure. The adjusting piston performs a stroke
and the swash-plate angle (5) is changed. During
deceleration of the superstructure, the adjusting
cylinder (22) is reset by spring force and a replen-
ishing valve (21) ensures filling of the increased
cavity volume.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 208 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
4
1
3 2 3
Fig. 1
Legend
1 Port plate
2 Feed-pressure valve, fixed setting
3 Secondary valve, fixed setting
4 Pressure cut-off, adjustable
Fig. 2
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 209
1
4
3 3
2
Fig. 3
Legend
1
1 Port plate
2 Feed-pressure valve, adjustable
3 Secondary valves, adjustable
4 Pressure cut-off, adjustable
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 210 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 4
Legend
P Feed pressure
M Metering surface
G Housing / tank
1 Valve piston
2 Spring
3 Spring plate Fig. 5
Description HD High pressure
The feed-pressure limiting valve limits the pressure 1 Spring plate
of the integrated auxiliary pump. This valve is a 2 Spindle
directly controlled pressure limiting valve with 3 High-pressure spring
surge-damping. 4 Spring plate, adjustable
5 Safety screw
Feed pressure P acts on the metering surface M 6 Feed spring
via the tapered section of the piston.
Description
The hydraulic force opposing the spring force is
generated here. The secondary valve fulfills two functions in the
closed slewing circuit. It protects against pressure
In operation, the feed pump fills the feeding circuit. peaks and ensures filling of the system.
Excess oil flows past the opened valve piston into The system has one valve for each slewing direc-
the housing and returns through the tank line. The tion. Filling of the system (also called feeding) al-
existing feed pressure remains constant. ways takes place automatically on the side without
high pressure. The force of the feed pressure lifts
the entire spring assembly (1 – 5) against the
spring (6) with the high-pressure side being sup-
plied with oil.
The high pressure gets into the spring cavity be-
tween the spring plates and through a gap also
into the spring cavity of the feed spring (6) where
the downward hydraulic force opposing the force of
high-pressure spring (3) is generated.
An inadmissibly high pressure peak pushes spring
plate (4) with spindle (2) downwards against spring
(3). The conical section at the end of spindle (2) is
lifted off its seat. The pressure peak escapes
against the feed pressure through the second sec-
ondary valve to the low-pressure side.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 211
Fig. 6
Legend
pSt Control pressure
G Housing / tank
HD-A High pressure, side A
HD-B High pressure, side B
1 Shuttle valve
2 High-pressure piston
3 Control piston
4 Spring plate
5 Spring
6 Spring plate
7 Setscrew
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 212 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 213
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 214 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 6
Legend
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 215
Description Slewing
The control unit serves the purpose of adjusting When the joystick is actuated, the ESX activates
the swash-plate position and thus the discharge solenoid valve Y113 even before the movement
flow. starts and the pilot pressure passes through the
orifice of Ø1.4 in port PS to the pressure-control
Valve housing (1) contains pressure-control valves valves Y209 and Y212.
(2+3) and replenishing valves (4) for both slewing
directions. The control current from the ESX flows to one of
the pressure-control valves so that control pres-
The pressure-control valves convert ESX control sure is admitted to one of the adjusting cavities.
current into control pressure. The oil from the opposite cavity can flow via the
The replenishing valves (4) ensure filling of the second pressure-control valve to the housing.
adjusting cavities after slewing. After setting the joystick back to neutral, the pilot
Neutral pressure supply is shut off. The adjusting cylinder
and the swash-plate are reset by the control pres-
In neutral position, the control unit is without pilot sure drop and the spring forces. The cavity with its
pressure. now increased volume sucks in oil from housing
(9) via replenishing valve (4).
The cavities of the adjusting cylinders (6) are pres-
sure-relieved via the pressure-control valves (2+3) Braking
towards the housing (9). The swash-plate is in zero
position. The braking effect can be preselected in three
steps by means of the corresponding key.
The ESX reduces its the control current to the
pressure-control valves correspondingly so that
three significantly different braking effects are ob-
tained.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 216 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 7
Legend
1 Valve housing
2 Solenoid
3 Electrical connection
4 Control piston
5 Spring
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 217
3 5
Fig. 1
Legende
1 Slewing gearbox S10
2 Oil motor
3 Speed sensor B35.2
4 Oil level indicator expansion tank
5 Oil draining line
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 218 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 2
The slewing gearbox is a two-stage planetary The planetary gears of the second stage are also
gearbox engageing in the ball-bearing slewing in mesh with the housing toothing. The planetary
ring. carrier of the second stage drives the pinion shaft.
The pinion engages in the toothing of the slewing
The gearbox is designed in such a way that the
ring.
slewing movement is started and braked by the
axial-piston motor. The slewing oil motor is an axial-piston unit with
constant displacement.
The output shaft of the axial-piston motor drives
the sun wheel of the first planetary stage. The The output speed is proportional to the inflowing
planetary wheels are in mesh with the toothing of discharge oil. The torque supplied increases with
the housing. The planetary carrier of the first the pressure differential between high-pressure
stage drives the sun wheel of the second stage. and low-pressure side.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 219
Oil motor
The oil motor is an axial-piston unit with constant
displacement. The output speed is proportional to
the inflowing discharge flow from the slewing
pump.
The torque supplied increases with the pressure
differential between high-pressure and low-pres-
sure side.
The oil motor is operated with transverse flushing
for cooling reasons.
The different pressure levels building up during
the work in connected tank lines T1 and T2 lead
to an oil flow carrying away the heat towards the
tank.
Fig. 3
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 220 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Timing diagram
Fig. 5
Description
Fig. 7
Fig. 6
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 221
Integrated holding brake By the press of a key, the driver can choose
among several modes of operation for the brake:
Brake applied
Solenoid valve Y35 is then without current and the
brake is depressurized to the tank
Brake permanently released
Solenoid valve Y35 is energized by the ESX. In
this case, pilot pressure is admitted to the brake.
Brake in automatic mode of operation
In the automatic mode, the holding brake is re-
leased when slewing is initiated and applied auto-
matically when the superstructure is stationary.
Fig. 4
The excursion of the joystick is sensed by the
ESX.
Legend
The ESX switches on solenoid valve Y35.
1 Housing
The slewing movement is detected by speed sen-
2 Oil motor sor B35.2 in the slewing oil motor.
3 Oil motor output shaft When the joystick is brought back to neutral, the
superstructure slows down depending on the pre-
4 Hub selected braking effect until it is stationary. The
5 Brake disks stop condition is detected by speed sensor B35.2
and the ESX shuts off solenoid valve Y35. The
6 Brake piston braking pressure escapes via solenoid valve Y35
7 Springs to the tank and the brake is applied by spring
force.
8 Pressure compartment
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 222 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
Schematic diagram
Fig. 1
Description
By means of the grab rotation mechanism, a When one direction or the other is selected, the
clamshell grab can be rotated in any direction, for control piston is displaced by either solenoid
instance, for the excavation of trenches or shafts. Y37.1 or Y37.2 and the oil flows forwards through
The system can also be used for positioning a the express coupling to grab rotation motor (232)
trenching backhoe or for adjusting the positioning or alternative attachments.
movements of other attachments. The pressure in the system is limited by an ad-
The oil is directed by one of the pumps of twin justable pressure-limiting valve in the connection
gear pump (230) to solenoid valve (231). This block of the solenoid valve.
solenoid has an open zero position so that the oil
can flow back pressureless to the tank. The sole-
noid valves is equipped with two magnet coils.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 HYDRAULICS 5 - 223
Fig.2
Legend Description
The solenoid valve is used for grab positioning
P Pump connection movements by controlling the grab rotation motor.
T Tank connection It consists of a blanking plate with integrated pres-
sure-limiting valve as primary valve for pump
A Working connection pressure. The valve is adjustable.
B Working connection The control piston of the double solenoid valve
1 Blanking plate has an open zero position to ensure that there is
no pressure build-up after the system is put into
2 Direct-controlled pressure-limiting operation and that the power demands remain
valve, adjustable low. After activation of a solenoid, the control pis-
ton is displaced correspondingly by magnetic
3 Double solenoid valve Y 37.1 and Y 37.2
force so that the pressure fluid must flow to the
respective working connection and to the oil mo-
tor. The return from the oil motor is connected via
the control piston to the tank.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
5 - 224 HYDRAULICS WX210 - WX240
2
1 A
1 B
Fig.3
Legend
The grab rotation motor is a slow-turning hydraulic
motor working in accordance with the Gerotor prin-
A Working connection
ciple.
B Working connection
The motor has to turn the grab with its clamshells
1 Direct-controlled secondary valves so that material can be picked up and deposited
with high precision. The shaft of the rotation motor
2 Replenishing valves
drives a pinion engageing a gear ring.
External forces acting on the rotation motor are
limited on both sides by secondary valves. An in-
admissibly high pressure opens one of these
valves and the pressure peak is directed to the
low-pressure side. Oil shortages are avoided by
replenishing valves on both sides.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
Service manual
Section 6 Troubleshooting and Repair
WX210 - WX240
9-91270
6-2 TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR WX210 - WX240
The data contained in this handbook were valid at the time of publication. As we constantly
endeavour to improve our products and to provide additional options, modifications or
changes made in this context may have an impact on the procedures described in this
handbook. Please contact your local dealer if you find any discrepancies.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR 6-3
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
6-4 TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR WX210 - WX240
Table of contents
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR 6-5
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
6-6 TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR WX210 - WX240
RED Severe fault The corresponding error codes are then displayed
one after another in alternation with the normal
+ The safety of persons and/or the display contents.
CONTINUOUS functioning of essential units of
the machine is at risk. Î
TONE
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR 6-7
Group Unit
7000 Central unit and engine
8000 Power-Control-System
9000 Hydraulics
13000 Multi-function display
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
6-8 TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR WX210 - WX240
9000 (German)
9011 ESX checksum fault
9012 ESX cutoff fault
9013 SPI communication of ESX defective
9014 SPI bus of ESX reserved
9015 Checksum fault on initialization of ESX system monitoring
9016 Plausibility fault on initialization of ESX system monitoring
9017 ESX reset through user watchdog
9018 ESX reset through system watchdog
9019 ESX hardware fault
9020 Checksum fault during readout of ESX fault memory
9021 Fault in reading of ESX fault memory
9022 ESX value outside valid range
9023 Supply voltage of ESX operation amplifier and multiplexer defective
9024 ESX temperature outside permitted range
9025 Processor configuration faulty due to ESX hardware
9026 Multiplexer or ESX A/D converter defective.
9027 Threshold voltage of ESX inputs faulty
9028 ESX frame potential faulty
9029 Supply voltage of ESX watchdog module defective
9030 Frame potential at BTS module of ESX faulty
9031 ESX relay defective
9032 ESX watchdog module cannot switch off relay
9033 ESX watchdog module defective
9034 CPU of ESX defective
9035 ESX flags cannot be set
9036 ESX flags cannot be scanned
9037 ESX arithmetic unit defective
9038 ESX multiplier defective
9039 Fault in CPU test sequence of ESX
9040 External RAM or ROM of ESX defective
9041 Shadow memory module of ESX defective
9042 Net current measurement on start of ESX faulty
9043 Cyclic net current measurement of ESX faulty
9044 Internal RAM defective on start of ESX
9045 Cyclic internal RAM test of ESX defective
9046 Ignition lock input status of ESX faulty
9047 Cyclic diagnosis of ESX faulty
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR 6-9
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
6 - 10 TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR WX210 - WX240
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR 6 - 11
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
6 - 12 TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR WX210 - WX240
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR 6 - 13
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
6 - 14 TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR WX210 - WX240
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR 6 - 15
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
6 - 16 TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR WX210 - WX240
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR 6 - 17
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
6 - 18 TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR WX210 - WX240
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR 6 - 19
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
6 - 20 TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR WX210 - WX240
8000 ERR_BROKEN_WIRE_ENGINE
8001 ERR_BROKEN_WIRE_COOLER
8002 ERR_BROKEN_WIRE_OIL
8003 ERR_SHORT_WIRE_ENGINE
8004 ERR_SHORT_WIRE_COOLER
8005 ERR_SHORT_WIRE_OIL
8006 ERR_TEMP_ENGINE_WARN
8007 ERR_TEMP_ENGINE_OVER
8008 ERR_TEMP_OIL_WARN
8009 ERR_TEMP_OIL_OVER
8010 ERR_TEMP_AIR_OVER
8011 ERR_WIRE_PWM0
8012 ERR_WIRE_PWM1
8013 ERR_WIRE_PWM2
8014 ERR_WIRE_PWM3
8015 ERR_STATE_MACHINE
8016 ERR_RAM
8017 ERR_NVRAM
8018 ERR_ROM
8019 ERR_NVRAM_RESET
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR 6 - 21
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
6 - 22 TROUBLESHOOTING AND REPAIR WX210 - WX240
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
Service manual
Section 7 Repair Instructions
WX210 - WX240
9-91270
7-2 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
The data contained in this handbook were valid at the time of publication. As we constantly
endeavour to improve our products and to provide additional options, modifications or
changes made in this context may have an impact on the procedures described in this
handbook. Please contact your local dealer if you find any discrepancies.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS 7-3
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
7-4 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Table of contents
REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS............................................................................. 10
Foreword........................................................................................................................................ 10
Introduction ................................................................................................................................... 10
Safety instructions........................................................................................................................ 11
Risks resulting from failure to observe the safety instructions..................................................................... 11
SUPERSTRUCTURE COMPONENTS......................................................... 26
Driver's seat................................................................................................................................... 30
Preparations................................................................................................................................................. 30
Removing the driver's seat........................................................................................................................... 30
Installing the driver's seat............................................................................................................................. 30
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS 7-5
Control levers................................................................................................................................ 33
Preparations................................................................................................................................................. 33
Replacing the control lever .......................................................................................................................... 33
Display ........................................................................................................................................... 34
Preparations................................................................................................................................................. 34
Removing the display unit............................................................................................................................ 34
Refitting the display unit............................................................................................................................... 34
Fan door......................................................................................................................................... 40
Preparations................................................................................................................................................. 40
Removing the fan door................................................................................................................................. 40
Refitting the fan door.................................................................................................................................... 40
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
7-6 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Rotor .............................................................................................................................................. 43
Preparations................................................................................................................................................. 43
Removing the rotor....................................................................................................................................... 43
Refitting the rotor.......................................................................................................................................... 43
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS 7-7
Wheels ........................................................................................................................................... 87
Safety instructions........................................................................................................................................ 87
Tyre pressure, checking and topping up...................................................................................................... 88
Tyre inflation pressure – table...................................................................................................................... 88
Fastening of wheels ..................................................................................................................................... 90
Wheels ......................................................................................................................................................... 91
Changing a wheel ........................................................................................................................................ 92
Fitting new wheels........................................................................................................................................ 92
Wheels, tread position ................................................................................................................................. 93
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
7-8 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Stabilizers ...................................................................................................................................... 97
Safety instructions........................................................................................................................................ 97
Outriggers .................................................................................................................................................... 97
Levelling blade ............................................................................................................................................. 97
Outriggers...................................................................................................................................... 98
Preparations................................................................................................................................................. 99
Removing the outriggers.............................................................................................................................. 99
Refitting the outriggers............................................................................................................................... 101
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS 7-9
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
7 - 10 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Foreword Introduction
The present handbook contains instructions for the The Technical Handbook contains important infor-
repair of components together with information on mation for machine service personnel.
removal and fitting of the same, and – where nec-
Machine characteristics stated elsewhere in the
essary – reference to other special technical hand-
documention are not necessarily repeated in this
books.
handbook.
Topics:
The machine documentation consists of:
- Superstructure
- Operating instructions
- Driver's cab
- Spare-parts list
- Pumps
- Dimension tables or dimensional data sheets
- Valves with the technical characteristics of the machine.
- Link betweeen superstructure and undercarriage The present handbook does not contain the char-
acteristics of auxiliary units required for the opera-
- Rotor
tion of accessories or optional equipment.
- Slewing ring
The refilling quantities indicated for consumables
- Slewing gearbox are approximate values and intended only as
guideline for demand planning.
- Undercarriage
Each unit is equipped with suitable monitoring de-
- Axles with gearbox and motors vices such as dipstick or check plugs permitting to
- Wheels determine the proper filling levels.
- Steps
- Stabilizers
- Cardan shaft
- Equipment
- Fitting and removal
- Cylinders
- Wear parts
- Engine
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS 7 - 11
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
7 - 12 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS 7 - 13
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
7 - 14 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS 7 - 15
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
7 - 16 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS 7 - 17
Fig. 1 Fig. 4
Fig. 2 Fig. 5
Fig. 3 Fig. 6
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
7 - 18 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Effect of electromagnetic fields and elec- Electrostatic discharges may also cause irrepara-
trostatic discharges ble damage to electronic components.
If inexplicable malfunctions occur in the machine,
stop the machine and secure it. If lightning strikes
Strong electromagnetic fields resulting from high- close to the machine, wait in the driver’s cab until
voltage cables, lightning stroke current, transmitter the thunderstorm is over.
systems or other sources of interference can influ-
ence electronic modules in the machine and may
lead to malfunctions. For safety reasons, work must not
Mobile phones or radio equipment must not be be continued in the event of inexpli-
used inside the driver’s cab unless they have a cable malfunctions in the machine.
separate external antenna. In such cases, contact our Service
Department immediately.
The use of mobile phones and radio equipment
with no external antenna may result in excessive
electromagnetic fields (resonance effects) inside
the cab. In this case there is a risk of malfunctions
in the machine electronics.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS 7 - 19
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
7 - 20 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS 7 - 21
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
7 - 22 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS 7 - 23
Fig. 2
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
7 - 24 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 4
Figure 5
When a bearing (2) is fitted on a shaft (1), the as-
sembly foce "F" must be applied by means of a
fitting sleeve (3) to the inner ring of the bearing.
The shaft end opposite the fitting direction of the
bearing must be properly supported to cope with
counteracting force "F 1".
Fig. 3
Fig. 5
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS 7 - 25
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
7 - 26 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Superstructure
Replacing the buffers
Removing the driver's cab
Removing the seat
Removing the steering column
Removing the joysticks
Removing the display
Removing the ESX box
Removing the load-limit regulator
Gear pumps
Single steering/brake
Double steering/brake and grab rotation
Displacement pump
Valve stacking
Removing the battery
Removing the combined radiator
Removing the fuel tank
Removing the oil reservoir
Removing the counterweight at the rear
Removing the monoblock
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS 7 - 27
Fig. 1
Legend
1 4 Buffer Place a timber beam between the
2 16 Screw baseplate and the frame to ensure
3 16 Disk that the fitting space does not nar-
4 2 Screw row: risk of crushing.
5 4 Disk
6 2 Screw
7 2 Disk
- Loosen and remove the screws (2) and the disks
Preparations (3) retaining the buffers.
- Secure the machine as described under 'Secur- - Lift the buffer out of its housing and replace.
ing the machine'. - Fasten the buffer with the screws (2) and the
disks (3), remove the safety timber and lower the
Front buffers cab cautiously.
- Remove the rubber mats over the screws to be - Fasten the baseplate with the cab using the
loosened. screws (4) and (5).
- Loosen and remove the front screws (4).
Rear buffers
- Loosen the rear screws (6), but without removing
them. - To replace the rear buffers, observe the same
working steps as described for the front buffers.
- Raise the front part of the cab with the baseplate
slightly so that the screws of the buffers can be
removed.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
7 - 28 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 1
Fig. 2 Fig. 3
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS 7 - 29
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
7 - 30 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 1
Preparations
- Secure the machine as described under 'Secur- - Loosen the four screws (3) fixing the driver's
ing the machine'. seat.
Removing the driver's seat - Unplug the connector for the automatic height
adjustment.
- Remove the driver's seat cautiously from the
cab.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS 7 - 31
Fig. 1
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
7 - 32 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Removing the steering column with the Removing the steering column
steering valve
Fig. 2 Fig. 3
- Depressurize the hydraulic system, remove all - Mark the position of the steering column in the
hoses from the steering valve and close the steering valve.
openings of the hoses and of the valve.
- The steering valve is fastened to the steering
column with the screws (5). Loosen these screws
and remove them together with the disks (6) and
Collect any escaping oil in a suitable the spacers (7) and (8).
recipient and discard without pollut-
ing the environment. - Loosen the screws (4) retaining the steering co-
lumn in the cab as described before and remove
the steering column.
- Loosen and remove the four screws (4) and
withdraw the complete unit.
Refitting the steering column and the Refitting the steering column
steering valve
- Slide the steering column into the opening pro-
- Slide the preassembled steering column with the vided in the cab floor and stick the gearing into
steering valve into the opening provided in the the steering valve.
cab floor.
- Fasten the steering column with the screws (5) to
- Fasten the unit with the screws (4). the steering valve.
- Reconnect the cables of the electrical system. - Fasten the complete unit with the screws (4) in
- Refit the panelling. the cab.
- Reconnect the hydraulic hoses. - Reconnect the connectors of the electrical sys-
tem.
- Bleed the hydraulic circuit before recommission-
ing. - Refit the panelling.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS 7 - 33
Preparations
- Secure the machine as described under 'Secur- The control lever is fastened to the console with a
ing the machine'. screw (1) in all four corners of its base.
- Shut off the engine and the ignition. - Lift the rubber bellows over the screw.
Fig. 1
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
7 - 34 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Display 40000301-en
Fig. 1
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS 7 - 35
Preparations
The ESX Box is located on the right under the cab - Pull locking lever (1) of the connector forwards
beside the slewing ring. and withdraw connector (2) from the control unit.
- Secure the machine as described under 'Secur- - Detach the grounding cable of the ESX Box on
ing the machine'. the excavator.
- Shut off the engine and the ignition
Fig. 1 Fig. 3
- Screw off the baseplate (102). - Loosen the screws (4) and remove the control
unit.
Fig. 2
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
7 - 36 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 1 Fig. 3
- Detach the step (4) behind the cab (Fig. 2) by - Loosen the nuts fixing the load-limit regulator
loosening and removing the screws (5). and lift the regulator out of the electronics com-
partment.
Fig. 2
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS 7 - 37
Set the key-switch of the electrical - Unscrew the battery holders and remove the
system to '0' and withdraw the key. cover over the batteries.
Detach and mount the pole termi- - Detach the negative battery terminal.
nals in the specified sequence. - Remove the bridging cables between the batte-
Non-observance of the correct se- ries.
quence may result in short-circuit- - Detach the positive battery terminal.
ing.
- Insulate the pole terminals.
- Lift the battery out of the battery box.
Prior to installing the new battery, make the con-
tact surfaces of the battery poles and the terminals
bright.
- Install the new battery.
- Connect the pole terminal to the positive pole of
the battery.
- Refit the bridging cables between the batteries.
- Tighten the clamping screws of the terminals
Never use force when tightening the clamping
screws, however, as this might result in damage.
- Connect the terminal to the negative pole of the
Fig. 1
battery.
Then coat battery poles and terminals with pole
grease or non-acid Vaseline.
Loose or corroded terminals overload the alter-
nator and the regulator.
Fig. 2
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
7 - 38 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Preparations
- Secure the machine as described under 'Secur-
ing the machine'.
- Shut off the engine and the ignition.
Fig. 2
- Depressurize the hydraulic system.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS 7 - 39
Preparations
- Secure the machine as described under 'Secur-
ing the machine'.
- Shut off the engine and the ignition.
- Depressurize the hydraulic system.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
7 - 40 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 1
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS 7 - 41
Fig. 1
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
7 - 42 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS 7 - 43
Rotor 40000356-en
- Depressurize the hydraulic system. - Loosen screw (4) which fastens the slip-ring to
the rotor and remove the slip-ring carrier, pulling
Removing the rotor the cable with precaution through the rotor.
- Loosen the screws (No. 2) from below and let the
rotor down.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
7 - 44 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Preparations - Remove the screws (4) and lift the gearbox with
the help of a crane out of the opening.
To remove the slewing gearbox, it is
necessary to remove the complete
control block beforehand. The slewing gearbox is fixed with
adhesive at the contact surfaces. To
loosen the glued connection, knock
For repairs and overhauls, the slewing gearbox lightly with a hammer against the
unit should be removed as a whole and dismantled flange edge.
in the workshop.
Only the slewing brake can be reasonably repaired
or replaced without removing it from the machine. Slewing gearbox, fitting
Removing the slewing gearbox - Clean the contact surfaces of the slewing gear-
box and the undercarriage frame thoroughly with
a diluting agent to remove paint and grease be-
fore checking it for damage.
The contact surfaces must be metallically bright,
dry and free from grease.
- Apply a 1-mm thick round strip of adhesive
around each hole of the fastening screws.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS 7 - 45
Fig. 1
For replacement of the ball-bearing slewing ring, it - torque wrench capable of applying a tightening
is necessary to lift the superstructure off the ma- torque of 250 Nm.
chine. - spatula / triangular scraper for cleaning of the
For this work, the following auxiliary means are contact surfaces,
required: - detergent,
- two cranes (lifting capacity 20,000 kg each), - adhesive for glueing of the ball-bearing slewing
traverse as shown in Fig. 3 and lifting belts with a ring,
capacity of 20,000 kg for removal of the super-
structure. - lubricating grease and
- crane and lifting gear for lifting and handling of - new fastening screws for the slewing ring (see
the ball-bearing slewing ring with a capacity of at spare-parts list).
least 260 kg.
- wrench / socket insert, wrench size SW 24. Î
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
7 - 46 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Removing the ball-bearing slewing ring - The toothed inner ring (1) of the slewing ring is
bolted to the undercarriage, whereas the outer
ring (2) is bolted to the superstructure.
Risk of accident - Attach the superstructure to the lifting gear as
Some components of the machine shown in Fig. 3. Pull the slings tight without,
(e.g. counterweight and boom) however, lifting the superstructure.
have lifting eyes welded onto them. - Loosen the screws (3) of the ball-bearing slewing
Never lift the whole machine at these ring in the superstructure, keeping the spacers
lifting eyes. They are not designed (5) for re-use.
for such heavy loads and might - The superstructure is now no longer attached to
break. the undercarriage.
The lifting eyes may only be used - Lift the superstructure carefully until the pinion of
for lifting of the respective compo- the slewing gear is free. Slew the superstructure
nent when it is being fitted. away from the undercarriage.
Fig. 3
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS 7 - 47
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
7 - 48 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
- Slew the slewing ring with the crane over the - Refit the rotor.
undercarriage and let it hover above the contact
area without lowering it at this time. Turn in at - Reconnect all hydraulic lines to the rotor.
least three new screws (4) with spacers (6) as a - Detach the lifting gear from the superstructure.
guiding aid.
- Fill and bleed the hydraulic system, put the ma-
- Let down the slewing ring carefully. chine into operation and check all hydraulic lines
- Detach the lifting gear from the slewing ring. at the rotor for leaks and tigthness.
- Insert the new screws with spacers and tighten - The adhesive between the slewing ring and the
crosswise with a torque wrench. superstructure and undercarriage increases the
resistance of the bolted joints and seals at the
- Tightening torque MA=250Nm same time the joint gaps.
- Mark the tightened screws. - The adhesive hardens under exclusion of air.
- Now apply adhesive also on the contact surface The adhesive is fully hardened after about 6
of the superstructure. hours. The machine should not be loaded be-
- Apply a thick layer of grease on the slwewing forehand.
ring toothing until the gaps between the teeth are
filled with grease.
- Slew the superstructure with a crane over the
undercarriage and let it hover over the slewing
ring without, however, lowering it at this time.
- Lower the superstructure further, engaging the
pinion in the toothing.
- Turn in at least three new screws (3) with spac-
ers (5) as a guiding aid.
- Lower the superstructure carefully.
- Insert the remaining new screws with spacers
and tighten crosswise with a torque wrench.
- Tightening torque MA=250Nm
- Mark the tigtened screws.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS 7 - 49
Fig. 1
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
7 - 50 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS 7 - 51
Preparations
The brake disks must be checked in compliance - Release the service brake blocking.
with the servicing plans.
- Turn the spindle (5) with the knurled knob down
The required measuring equipment can be ordered to the limit stop.
from our spare-parts service under the respective
- Note the number of full turns (see mark "0") and
parts number (see 'special tools' price list).
the number of the partial turn.
Checking A full turn corresponds to a spindle travel of
1 mm. A turn by one graduation mark corre-
sponds to 0.1 mm.
For maximum release clearance, see 'checking
the brake disks'.
- If the value found is greater or equal to the refer-
ence limit value, the brake disks must be re-
placed. Contact our Service Dept.
- Screw out the measuring spindle (2) and screw
the plug (1, Fig. 1) back in place.
Fig. 1
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
7 - 52 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Preparations
The brake system of this machine consists of two
braking circuits. One circuit for the wheel pairs of
the steered axle and the other circuit for the wheel
pairs of the rigid axle.
If work has been performed on the brake system
during which air might have got into the system
(e.g. replacement of a line), the braking circuit con-
cerned must be bled after the work.
Bleeding
- Secure the machine against inadvertent move-
ments.
- Connect a hose to the minimess port of a multi- Fig. 1
ple-disk brake (Fig. 1).
- Hold the other end of the hose into a recipient
filled with the same hydraulic oil or fluid as that
used in the machine.
- Start the engine.
- Depress the brake pedal until the hydraulic fluid
flowing out of the minimess hose is bubble-free.
- Repeat the bleeding procedure on the second
multiple-disk brake of this axle.
Bleeding of one braking circuit is then terminated.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS 7 - 53
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
7 - 54 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 1
Legend
1 1 Cardan shaft
2 16 Screw
3 16 Nut
4 1 Gearbox
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS 7 - 55
- Remove the screws (No. 2) and the nuts (No. 3), Fig. 2
lower the cardan shaft and pull inner and outer
halves apart. - Make sure during refitting that the markings on
inner and outer shaft are perfectly aligned when
re-assembling the shaft.
- Fix the cardan shaft with slings to the undercar-
riage and fasten it with the screws and nuts.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
7 - 56 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 1
Legend
1 1 Axial piston motor
2 1 Travel gearbox
3 1 Wheel-hub
4 1 Differential
5 1 Pinion
Î
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS 7 - 57
Fig. 4
Fig. 2 Fig. 5
Fig. 3
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
7 - 58 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 6
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS 7 - 59
Fig. 7
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
7 - 60 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 1
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS 7 - 61
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
7 - 62 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 1
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS 7 - 63
Legend
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
7 - 64 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 1
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS 7 - 65
Legend
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
7 - 66 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 1
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS 7 - 67
Legend
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
7 - 68 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 1
Legend
1 1 Steering cylinder
2 1 Reducer gear
3 1 Articulated joint housing
4 1 Differential
5 1 Pinion
6 1 Floating-axle cylinder
7 1 Floating-axle support
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS 7 - 69
Fig. 2 Fig. 4
Fig. 3 Fig. 5
- Jack up the excavator with the levelling blade - Detach the hydraulic hoses (6 + 7) from the
until the wheels are free to turn. steering cylinder and the brake lines (1 + 2) in
both wheel-hubs. Close the openings to prevent
- Secure the rigid axle against inadvertent move-
the ingress of dirt.
ments by placing wedges underneath and by
lowering the outriggers. - Remove the cardan shaft (5) and pull the two
halves apart.
- Prop up the undercarriage safely.
Assembly information:
- Shut off the engine and secure the machine as
described under "Securing the machine". Make sure the marker arrows on the outer and
inner part point exactly towards each other.
- Depressurize the hydraulic system as described
under "Depressurizing the hydraulic system / Fit the fastening screws using new self-locking
brake system". nusts.
- Remove the wheels of the steered axle. Î
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
7 - 70 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 6
Fig. 7
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS 7 - 71
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
7 - 72 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 8
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS 7 - 73
Tightening torque MA = 60 Nm
- Reconnect the hydraulic hoses and the brake
hoses.
- Fill up the hydraulic system and the brake sys-
tem.
- Grease floating pin, cardan shaft and steering
knuckle.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
7 - 74 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 1
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS 7 - 75
Legend
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
7 - 76 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 1
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS 7 - 77
Legend
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
7 - 78 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 1
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS 7 - 79
Legend
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
7 - 80 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 1
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS 7 - 81
Legend
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
7 - 82 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 1
Removal and fitting of the pinion group are de- No. Quantity Designation
scribed in the axle manual.
1 18 Screw
2 1 Pinion
3 1 Axle body
4 1 Axle body
5 1 O-ring
6 1 Nut
7 1 Seal
8 1 Spacer
9 1 Disk
10 1 Flange
11 1 Bearing
12 1 Disk
13 1 Bearing
14 1 Disk
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS 7 - 83
Fig. 1
Legend
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
7 - 84 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 2, 4100426
Fig. 3, 4100427
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS 7 - 85
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
7 - 86 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 1
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS 7 - 87
Wheels 40000214-en
Safety instructions
Read also the safety instructions at Bursting tyres and breaking-away
the beginning of this chapter and tyre or rim parts may cause severe
those in the operating instructions. injury.
Therefore:
- Before inflating tyres, check rims
Twin fitment and rim components for damage,
- In the case of twin fitment, pay spe- penetrated foreign matter and a firm
cial attention to the inner sidewalls, fit.
where damage may result from un- Always have any damage repaired at
noticed foreign bodies if the tyres a professional workshop.
have been mounted without spac-
ing rings. - Check the tyre pressure only when
the tyre is cold; higher pressures
- If the inside wheel of a twin fitment are recorded when tyres heat up.
has been driven without or with ex-
cessively low pressure, there is a - Use inflating equipment with a long
risk of parts of a multi-part rim (e.g. inflating hose, self-locking nozzle
the lock ring) becoming unseated and pressure gauge.
without being noticed. - Inflate tyres only with compressed
- In this case, check the state of the ambient air. Never use combustible
wheel and rim with special care be- gases: risk of explosion.
fore inflating the tyre. - While the tyre is being inflated,
- If in doubt, consult an expert. stand at some distance from the
tyre, facing the tread.
- Keep an eye on the tyre and the
pressure gauge of the inflating
equipment throughout the inflating
time. Never exceed the prescribed
tyre pressures.
- If the tyre has been removed from
the vehicle, enclose it in a safety
cage.
Ensure that no persons are within
reach of the tyre while it is being
inflated.
Î
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
7 - 88 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 1
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS 7 - 89
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
7 - 90 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Fastening of wheels
Fig. 2
Table Fig. 2
No. Quantity Designation Weight Tightening torques
kg
Threads Quality Wrench MA
size SW Nm
in mm
1 32 Washer
2 4 Intermediate ring
3 32 Wheel-nut M22x1.5 30 450
4 32 Spring washer
5 8 Wheel
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS 7 - 91
Wheels
Fig. 3
Table Fig. 3
No. Quantity Designation Weight Tightening torques
kg
Threads Quality Wrench MA
size SW Nm
in mm
1 8 Disk wheel 42
2 8 Tyre 55
3 8 Tube 5
4 8 Rim tape 3
Î
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
7 - 92 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS 7 - 93
Wheels, tread position Fig. 4 shows the tread position recommended for
all-wheel driven machines which need to have the
Observe the tread position when fitting the wheels same traction power for both driving directions.
(Fig. 4 and 5).
Fig. 5 shows the tread position of the tyres when
the all-wheel-driven machine needs especially
good traction in one direction, e.g. during work with
the levelling blade.
In some cases, tread positions other than those
above may be of advantage. In these cases,
please contact your local dealer.
Fig. 4
Fig. 5
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
7 - 94 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 1
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS 7 - 95
Fig. 1
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
7 - 96 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 2
Legend
No. Quantity Designation No. Quantity Designation
1 1 Step 13 10 Washer
2 1 Edge protector 16 2 Screw
3 1 Button handle 17 2 Screw
4 1 Lock 18 2 Washer
5 2 Buffer 19 2 Nut
6 1 Latch 20 1 Screw
7 1 Pin 21 1 Washer
11 3 Screw 22 1 Nut
12 6 Nut 103 1 Cover
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS 7 - 97
Stabilizers 40000217-en
Fig. 1
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
7 - 98 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Outriggers 40000360-en
Fig. 1
Legend
No. Quantity Designation No. Quantity Designation
1 2 Outrigger cylinder 11 2 Washer
2 2 Outrigger arm 12 2 Hex screw
3 2 Baseplate 13 8 Hex screw
4 2 Pin 14 8 Washer
5 2 Washer 15 4 Disk
6 2 Washer 16 2 Pin
7 2 Hex screw 17 2 Rod
8 4 Bearing bush 18 2 Pin
9 2 Pin 19 2 Pin
10 2 Washer 20 2 Hex screw
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS 7 - 99
Extractor M20
Fig. 2
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
7 - 100 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
- Retract the piston rod completely and fasten it to - Loosen the screw (20) which retains pin (1) and
the cylinder barrel to prevent movements. remove the washer (19).
- Shut off the engine and depressurize the hydrau- - Screw the extractor into the threaded hole of pin
lic components by extending and retracting the (1) and extract it by knocking lightly against the
cylinders with the control lever shifted slightly in extractor mass .
both directions. During this procedure, the en-
- Remove the cylinder with the crane.
gine must be off and the ignition on.
- Detach the hydraulic hoses and close them and
the openings in the cylinder with plugs.
Fig. 4
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS 7 - 101
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
7 - 102 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
TBD
Preparations
TBD
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS 7 - 103
Preparations
TBD
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
7 - 104 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Preparations
TBD
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS 7 - 105
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
7 - 106 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 1
Preparations
Be careful with hot hydraulic oil.
Park the excavator on a firm, horizontal and level
surface and secure it against inadvertent move-
ments. Stand the working equipment on the
ground, switch off the engine and protect the ma-
chine against inadvertent starting.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS 7 - 107
Fig. 1
Preparations
Park the excavator on a level, horizontal and firm Be careful with hot hydraulic oil.
surface and secure it against inadvertent move-
ments. Stand the working equipment on the
ground, shut off the engine and secure the ma-
chine against inadvertent starting.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
7 - 108 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Brass drift
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS 7 - 109
Fig. 3
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
7 - 110 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Refitting the boom cylinder - Refit the boom cylinder on the A-frame using a
19 mm crane.
36 mm - Insert spacers (10) and pin (9) and fasten pin (9)
with screw (8), washer (11) and lock-washer
Hammer (12).
- Refit the other boom cylinder on the A-frame in
the same way.
Brass drift - Re-attach the hydraulic hoses to the pipes of the
boom cylinders.
Tightening torque: 175 Nm
Torque wrench
Fig. 4
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS 7 - 111
- Lift the boom cylinder with a crane and align the - Install pin (6) and fill the gap between cylinder
eye of the piston rod with the bore on the boom. head and boom with the spacers (7).
- Slide the pin only so far through the boom that it
fills the bore on the other side.
For easier alignment of the bores,
move the piston rod of the boom - Align the second boom cylinder as described
cylinder with the control lever into above.
the correct position.
- Push the pin further through the boom until both
boom cylinder eyes are attached to the pin.
- Slide the rings (5) over the pin and fill the gap
between cylinder and rings with the spacers.
- Secure the rings (5) with washers (4) and nuts
(13).
- Refit the leakage oil lines if any.
Fig. 5
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
7 - 112 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 1
Fig. 2
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS 7 - 113
Legend
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
7 - 114 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Dismantling the boom cylinder - Remove retaining screws (8) of rod guide (7).
(14 mm Allen key for boom cylinder).
14 mm Allen key
6 mm Allen key - Drive rod guide (7) with a plastic hammer out of
cylinder barrel (12).
Fig. 3
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS 7 - 115
Tightening torques
No. Quantity Designation Weight Tightening torques
(kg) Thread Quality Spanner size MA (Nm)
SW (mm)
0 1 Boom cylinder complete 183
8 12 Hex socket screw M16x2 14 267
22 1 Hex socket screw M12x1.75 6 57
24 1 Hex nut M62x2 90 4780
14 mm Allen key - Insert bushing (5) with a press into rod guide (7)
6 mm Allen key using special tool (W005).
- Insert lip seal (3), backing ring (2), damper ring
Plastic hammer (4) and retaining ring (6) into rod guide (7).
- Insert scraper ring (1) with special tool (W006)
and a hammer into rod guide (7).
90 mm hex socket insert - Then place O-ring (10) and backing ring (9) in
the corresponding grooves of rod guide (7).
- Now, install the rings and seals for the piston.
Special tool (W004)
see list of special tools - O-ring (18), the two backing rings (16), sealing
ring (17) and the four guide rings (two No. 19
and two No. 20) are slid over piston (15) using
Special tool (W005)
special tool (W007).
see list of special tools
- Rod guide (7) is mounted on piston rod (11) with
Special tool (W006) special tool (W008).
see list of special tools Î
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
7 - 116 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
- Place damper ring (14) in the groove provided in - Place cylinder barrel (12) with a crane on the
piston rod (11). Damper bearing (13) is mounted workbench in horizontal position and fix.
on piston rod (11) and slid over the damper ring.
- Introduce piston rod (11) pre-assembled with rod
Piston (15) can now be mounted on piston rod guide (7) and piston (15) into cylinder barrel (12).
(11).
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS 7 - 117
Fig. 1
Preparations
Park the excavator on a level, horizontal and firm
surface and secure it against inadvertent move-
Be careful with hot hydraulic oil.
ments. Stand the working equipment on the
ground, shut off the engine and secure the ma-
chine against inadvertent starting. Î
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
7 - 118 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Hammer
Brass drift
- Shut off the engine. - Drive out pin (3) with a brass drift and a ham-
mer, removing spacers (4) at the same time.
- Secure the machine against inadvertent starting,
e.g. with a warning sign attached to the ma- - Move the piston rod fully into the stick cylinder
chine. and secure it to the cylinder barrel to prevent it
from moving.
- Place a piece of squared timber between stick
cylinder and boom. - Shut off the engine and depressurize all hydrau-
lic components by moving the cylinders with the
- Remove the leakage oil lines, if any (1). control levers gently in both directions, the en-
gine being off, but the ignition on.
- Detach the hoses from the pipes and close the
hose, pipe and cylinder openings with plugs.
Fig. 2
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS 7 - 119
Fig. 5
Fig. 6
- Install spacers (4) and pin (3). Fix pin (3) with
screw (2), washers (10) and lock-washer (11).
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
7 - 120 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 1
Fig. 2
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS 7 - 121
Legend
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
7 - 122 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Dismantling the stick cylinder - Remove retaining screws (8) of rod guide (7).
Fig. 3
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS 7 - 123
Tightening torques
No. Quantity Designation Weight Tightening torques
(kg) Thread Quality Spanner size MA (Nm)
SW (mm)
0 1 Stick cylinder complete 252
8 12 Hex socket insert M18x2.5 14 367
22 1 Hex socket insert M12x1.75 6 57
24 1 Hex nut M70x2 100 9460
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
7 - 124 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
- Place damper seal (14) into the groove provided - For the second limit-stop dampener, retaining
in piston rod (11) and slide damper ring (13) over ring (25) is mounted on piston rod (11) and
seal. Piston (15) can now be mounted on piston damper seal (26) then placed in the groove pro-
rod (11). vided on piston rod (11) before damper ring (27)
is placed on piston rod (11) over damper seal
(26).
Make sure the notch in damper seal - Limit stop (28) placed on piston rod (11) com-
(14) points in the direction of the pletes the second limit-stop dampener.
piston. The oil grooves on the out-
side of damper ring (13) must point
in the proper direction (see illustra-
Make sure the notch in damper seal
tion Fig. 1).
(14) points in the direction of the
piston. The oil grooves on the out-
side of damper ring (13) must point
- Slide spacer ring (21) over piston rod (11) and
in the proper direction (see illustra-
tighten nut (24).
tion Fig. 1)
To do so, fix piston rod (11) pre-assembled with
rod guide (7) and piston (15) in special tool
(W004). - Place cylinder barrel (12) with a crane on the
workbench in horizontal position and fix.
- When tightening the nut with the 95 mm hex
socket insert, make sure the markings applied - Introduce piston rod (11) pre-assembled with rod
during dismantling on piston (15) and on nut (24) guide (7) and piston (15) into cylinder barrel (12).
are in line when the torque is reached (tightening
torques see table).
When nut (24) is tight and when the threaded Place piston rod (11) centrally into
holes of nut (24) and of piston rod (11) are cylinder barrel (12) to avoid damag-
aligned above one another, place ball (23) in the ing the guide rings and seals.
threaded hole of nut (24).
- Thereafter, screw retaining screw (22) into the - Slide rod guide (7) into cylinder barrel (12) and
threaded hole. fasten with the screws (8). (Tightening torques
(Allen key 6 mm) see table).
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS 7 - 125
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
7 - 126 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 1
Preparations
Park the excavator on a level, horizontal and firm
surface and secure it against inadvertent move- Be careful with hot hydraulic oil.
ments. Stand the working equipment on the
ground, shut off the engine and secure the ma-
chine against inadvertent starting. Î
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS 7 - 127
Hammer
Brass drift
ca. 140 kg
Fig. 2
- Shut off the engine. - Loosen both nuts (4) of screw (3) and remove.
- Secure the machine against inadvertent starting, - Drive the pin out of its housing using a hammer
e.g. with a warning sign attached to the ma- and a brass drift.
chine.
Î
- Remove the leakage oil lines, if any.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
7 - 128 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 4
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS 7 - 129
Hammer
Brass drift
Fig. 6
- Install spacers (9) and pin (8) and fasten pin (8)
- Slide pin (2) through the bores, filling the gaps
with screw (6) and washer (7).
between cylinder head and toggle link and levers
- Re-attach the hydraulic hoses to the cylinder. with spacers (5).
- Align the bore in the pin with that in the toggle
lever and stick screw (3) through the bores.
Fill the hydraulic reservoir up to the
prescribed level with hydraulic oil. - Secure the connection with nuts (4).
Let the engine run at idling and - Refit the leakage oil lines, if any.
check the hose connections for oil
leaks.
Bleed the hydraulic system.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
7 - 130 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Fig. 1
Fig. 2
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS 7 - 131
Legend
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
7 - 132 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Dismantling the bucket cylinder - Remove retaining screws (8) of rod guide (7).
(12 mm Allen key for boom cylinder).
12 mm Allen key
6 mm Allen key - Drive rod guide (7) with a plastic hammer out of
cylinder barrel (12).
- Before dismantling, read all safety and working - Withdraw piston (15), spacer disk (21) and
instructions in the corresponding chapter. damper bearing (13) from piston rod (11). With-
draw also damper seal (14).
- Lift the cylinder with a crane onto a workbench
and fix in horizontal position. - Withdraw seal (17), guide rings (19) and (20),
O-ring (18) and the two backing rings (16) from
- Drain off all the hydraulic oil from the cylinder piston (15).
into a suitable recipient.
Withdraw now also rod guide (7) from piston rod
(11).
- Withdraw O-ring (10) and backing rings (9) and
(2) from the rod guide.
Then, remove scraper ring (1), lip seal (3),
damper ring (4), retaining ring (6) and bushing
(5) from the rod guide using special tool (W005).
Î
Fig. 3
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS 7 - 133
Tightening torques
No. Quantity Designation Weight Tightening torques
(kg) Thread Quality Spanner size MA (Nm)
SW (mm)
0 1 Bucket cylinder complete 138
8 12 Hex socket screw M14x2 12 171
22 1 Hex socket screw M12x1.75 6 57
24 1 Hex nut M58x2 85 5640
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
7 - 134 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
- Damper bearing (13) is mounted on piston rod - Place cylinder barrel (12) with a crane on the
(11). workbench in horizontal position and fix.
- Piston (15) can now be mounted on piston rod - Introduce piston rod (11) pre-assembled with rod
(11). guide (7) and piston (15) into cylinder barrel (12).
Make sure the notch in damper seal Place piston rod (11) centrally into
(14) points in the direction of the cylinder barrel (12) to avoid damag-
piston. The oil grooves on the out- ing the guide rings and seals.
side of damper ring (13) must point
in the proper direction (see illustra-
tion Fig. 1). - Slide rod guide (7) into cylinder barrel (12) and
fasten with the screws (8). (Tightening torques
see table)
- Slide spacer ring (21) over piston rod (11) and
(Allen key 12 mm).
tighten nut (24).
To do so, fix piston rod (11) pre-assembled with
rod guide (7) and piston (15) in special tool
(W004).
When tightening the nut with the 85 mm hex
socket insert, make sure the markings applied
during dismantling on piston (15) and on nut (24)
are in line when the torque is reached (tightening
torques see table).
When nut (24) is tight and when the threaded
holes of nut (24) and of piston rod (11) are
aligned above one another, place ball (23) in the
threaded hole of nut (24).
- Thereafter, screw retaining screw (22) into the
threaded hole.
(Allen key 6 mm)
Make a toe-in on retaining screw (22) at two
places with hammer and chisel to block it with
nut (24) for protection against loss.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS 7 - 135
Fig. 1
Preparations
Park the excavator on a level, horizontal and firm
surface and secure it against inadvertent move- Be careful with hot hydraulic oil.
ments. Stand the working equipment on the
ground, shut off the engine and secure the ma-
chine against inadvertent starting. Î
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
7 - 136 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Removing the adjusting cylinder - Remove screw (1) which fixes pin (2) to the
24 mm boom.
Hammer
Brass drift
Fig. 2
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS 7 - 137
Hammer
Brass drift
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
7 - 138 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Tightening torques
TBD
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS 7 - 139
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
7 - 140 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Safety instructions
Read also the safety instructions at
the beginning of this chapter and in
the operating instructions.
Fig. 3
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS 7 - 141
Fig. 1
If the natural wear on grab edges and stops ex-
ceeds an admissible degree, this may result in The trenching grab must be repaired before the
damage to the grab cylinder. The admissible stroke marking on the cylinder guide (2) is at the same
of the grab cylinder is then exceeded, with piston level as one of the markings on the guide rail (1).
and cylindrical pipe impacting in their limit posi-
The lower marking (1) provides information on the
tions.
wear at the grab edges, and the upper marking on
To enable the wear status to be checked, factory- the wear at the stops on the clamshells.
new trenching grabs are marked (Fig. 5):
Reworking the stops
- by prick-punching at the guide rail (1),
- Detach the grab completely from the excavator.
- with a notch at the cylinder guide (2).
- Rework the corresponding wear edges by apply-
ing a hard-facing layer.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
7 - 142 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Bulb table
Headlamps 55/50W/24V
Sidemarker lamps 4W/24V
Working floodlamps 70W/24V
Turn signal lamps 21W/24V
Stop lamps 21W/24V
Tail lamps 10W/24V
Cab interior lighting 10W/24V
Fig. 2
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS 7 - 143
Replacing the lamp bulb in the front Replacing the lamp bulb of the cab interior
direction indicator lamp lamp
Fig. 3 Fig. 5
- Remove the screws of the lamp glass (Fig. 3). - Unsnap the cover of the lamp and remove (Fig.
5).
- Remove the lamp glass.
- The lamp bulb is now accessible and can be
replaced.
- Place the cover back on the lamp.
Î
Fig. 4
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
7 - 144 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
Replacing the lamp bulb of the tail-light Replacing the lamp bulb of the cab flood-
lamp
Fig. 6
Fig. 8
Fig. 7 Fig. 9
- The lamp bulbs (Fig. 7) are installed in plug-in - Swing lamp retaining clip aside (Fig. 9).
holders.
- Replace the lamp bulb.
- Press down lamp bulb and turn counterclock-
- Re-install the floodlamp.
wise.
Î
- Withdraw the lamp bulb.
- Engage the new lamp bulb safely in the holder.
- Screw the lamp glass back in place.
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
WX210 - WX240 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS 7 - 145
Fig. 11
Fig. 10
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)
7 - 146 REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS WX210 - WX240
ENGINE 40000365-en
see Annex
Carefully read personal and machine SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS (at the beginning of this manual)